User login
Welcome to Current Psychiatry, a leading source of information, online and in print, for practitioners of psychiatry and its related subspecialties, including addiction psychiatry, child and adolescent psychiatry, and geriatric psychiatry. This Web site contains evidence-based reviews of the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of mental illness and psychological disorders; case reports; updates on psychopharmacology; news about the specialty of psychiatry; pearls for practice; and other topics of interest and use to this audience.
Dear Drupal User: You're seeing this because you're logged in to Drupal, and not redirected to MDedge.com/psychiatry.
Depression
adolescent depression
adolescent major depressive disorder
adolescent schizophrenia
adolescent with major depressive disorder
animals
autism
baby
brexpiprazole
child
child bipolar
child depression
child schizophrenia
children with bipolar disorder
children with depression
children with major depressive disorder
compulsive behaviors
cure
elderly bipolar
elderly depression
elderly major depressive disorder
elderly schizophrenia
elderly with dementia
first break
first episode
gambling
gaming
geriatric depression
geriatric major depressive disorder
geriatric schizophrenia
infant
kid
major depressive disorder
major depressive disorder in adolescents
major depressive disorder in children
parenting
pediatric
pediatric bipolar
pediatric depression
pediatric major depressive disorder
pediatric schizophrenia
pregnancy
pregnant
rexulti
skin care
teen
wine
section[contains(@class, 'nav-hidden')]
footer[@id='footer']
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-article-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-home-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-topic-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'panel-panel-inner')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-node-field-article-topics')]
section[contains(@class, 'footer-nav-section-wrapper')]
Antidepressants for chronic pain
Approximately 55 years ago, tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) began to be used to treat neuropathic pain.1 Eventually, clinical trials emerged suggesting the utility of TCAs for other chronic pain conditions, such as fibromyalgia (FM) and migraine prophylaxis. However, despite TCAs’ effectiveness in mitigating painful conditions, their adverse effects limited their use.
Pharmacologic advancements have led to the development of other antidepressant classes, including selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), and the use of these agents has come to eclipse that of TCAs. In the realm of pain management, such developments have raised the hope of possible alternative co-analgesic agents that could avoid the adverse effects associated with TCAs. Some of these agents have demonstrated efficacy for managing chronic pain states, while others have demonstrated only limited utility.
This article provides a synopsis of systematic reviews and meta-analyses examining the role of antidepressant therapy for managing several chronic pain conditions, including pain associated with neuropathy, FM, headache, and irritable bowel syndrome (IBS). Because the literature base is rapidly evolving, it is necessary to revisit the information gleaned from clinical data with respect to treatment effectiveness, and to clarify how antidepressants might be positioned in the management of chronic pain.
The effectiveness of antidepressants for pain
The pathophysiologic processes that precipitate and maintain chronic pain conditions are complex (Box 12-10). The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants can be thought of in terms of direct analgesic effects and indirect effects (Box 22,3,8,10,11-33).
Box 1
The pathophysiologic processes precipitating and maintaining chronic pain conditions are complex. Persistent and chronic pain results from changes in sensitivity within both ascending pathways (relaying pain information from the periphery to the spinal cord and brain) and descending pain pathways (functioning to modulate ascending pain information).2,3 Tissue damage or peripheral nerve injury can lead to a cascade of neuroplastic changes within the CNS, resulting in hyperexcitability within the ascending pain pathways.
The descending pain pathways consist of the midbrain periaqueductal gray area (PGA), the rostroventral medulla (RVM), and the dorsolateral pontomesencephalic tegmentum (DLPT). The axons of the RVM (the outflow of which is serotonergic) and DLPT (the outflow of which is noradrenergic) terminate in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord,4 and thereby dampen pain signals arising from the periphery. Diminished output from descending pain pathways can heighten the pain experience. Input from the cortex, hypothalamus, and amygdala (among other structures) converges upon the PGA, RVM and DLPT, and can influence the degree of pain modulation emerging from descending pathways. In this way, thoughts, appraisals, and mood are believed to comprise cognitive and affective modifiers of pain experiences.
Devising effective chronic pain treatment becomes challenging; multimodal treatment approaches often are advocated, including pharmacologic treatment with analgesics in combination with co-analgesic medications such as antidepressants. Although a description of multimodal treatment is beyond the scope of this article, such treatment also would encompass physical therapy, occupational therapy, and psychotherapeutic interventions to augment rehabilitative efforts and the functional capabilities of patients who struggle with persisting pain.
Although the direct pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants are not fully understood, it is believed that augmentation of monoamine neurotransmission from supraspinal nuclei (ie, the RVM and DLPT) modulate pain transmission from the periphery.5,6 In addition, there is evidence that some effects of tricyclic antidepressants can modulate several other functions that impact peripheral and central sensitization.7-10
During the last several decades, antidepressants have been used to address—and have demonstrated clinical utility for—a variety of chronic pain states. However, antidepressants are not a panacea; some chronic pain conditions are more responsive to antidepressants than are others. The chronic painful states most amenable to antidepressants are those that result primarily from a process of neural sensitization, as opposed to acute somatic or visceral nociception. Hence, several meta-analyses and evidence-based reviews have long suggested the usefulness of antidepressants for mitigating pain associated with neuropathy,34,35 FM,36,37 headache,38 and IBS.39,40
Box 2
The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants can be thought of in terms of direct analgesic effects (impacting neurotransmission of descending pathways independent of influences on mood) and indirect effects (presumably impacting cortical and limbic output to the periaqueductal gray area, the rostroventral medulla, and the dorsolateral pontomesencephalic tegmentum brought about by improvement in mood and/or cognitive appraisals) (Figure2,3,8,10,11,15,20,22,28,29). Support for the direct analgesic effects has been garnered from initial empirical work that demonstrated pain relief among patients with pain who are not depressed. Additionally, among patients who have depression and experience pain, analgesia reportedly often occurs within 2 weeks, which is before antidepressant effects are appreciated,11-15 and, at least for some antidepressants, occurs at doses far lower than those required to produce mood-elevating effects.11,12,16
On the other hand, it is well established that significant comorbidities exist between chronic pain states and psychiatric disorders (eg, depression and somatic symptom and related disorders).17-21 There may be common physiological substrates underlying chronic pain and depression.20,22 There are bidirectional influences of limbic (affective) systems and those CNS structures involved in pain processing and integration. The effects of pain and depression are reciprocal; the presence of one makes the management of the other more challenging.23-27 Mood disturbances can, therefore, impact pain processing by acting as affective and cognitive amplifiers of pain by leading to catastrophizing, pain severity augmentation, poor coping with pain-related stress, etc.28,29 It is plausible that the mood-elevating effects of antidepressants can improve pain by indirect effects, by modulating limbic activity, which in turn, impacts coping, cognitive appraisals of pain, etc.
Patients with somatoform disorders (using pre-DSM-5 terminology) frequently present with chronic pain, often in multiple sites.19 Such patients are characterized by hypervigilance for, and a predisposition to focus on, physical sensations and to appraise these sensations as reflecting a pathological state.30 Neuroimaging studies have begun to identify those neural circuits involved in somatoform disorders, many of which act as cognitive and affective amplifiers of visceral-somatic sensory processing. Many of these neural circuits overlap, and interact with, those involved in pain processing.31 Antidepressants can mitigate the severity of unexplained physical complaints, including pain, among patients who somatize32,33; however, due to the heterogeneity of studies upon which this claim is based, the quality of the evidence is reportedly low.33 There is uncertainty whether, or to what extent, antidepressant benefits among patients who somatize are due to a direct impact on pain modulation, or indirect effects on mood or cognitive appraisals/perceptions.
Despite the uncertainties about the exact mechanisms through which antidepressants exert analgesic effects, antidepressants can be appropriately used to treat patients with selected chronic pain syndromes, regardless of whether or not the patient has a psychiatric comorbidity. For those patients with pain and psychiatric comorbidities, the benefits may be brought about via direct mechanisms, indirect mechanisms, or a combination of both.
Continue to: Neuropathic pain
Neuropathic pain
Several treatment guidelines advocate for the use of antidepressants for neuropathic pain.41-44 For decades, TCAs have been employed off-label to successfully treat many patients with neuropathic pain states. Early investigations suggested that TCAs were robustly efficacious in managing patients with neuropathy.45-48 Calculated number-needed-to-treat (NNT) values for TCAs were quite low (ie, reflecting that few patients would need to be treated to yield a positive response in one patient compared with placebo), and were comparable to, if not slightly better than, the NNTs generated for anticonvulsants and α2-δ ligands, such as gabapentin or pregabalin.45-48
Unfortunately, early studies involving TCAs conducted many years ago do not meet contemporary standards of methodological rigor; they featured relatively small samples of patients assessed for brief post-treatment intervals with variable outcome measures. Thus, the NNT values obtained in meta-analyses based on these studies may overestimate treatment benefits.49 Further, NNT values derived from meta-analyses tended to combine all drugs within a particular antidepressant class (eg, amitriptyline, nortriptyline, desipramine, and imipramine among the TCAs) employed at diverse doses. Taken together, these limitations raise questions about the results of those meta-analyses.
Subsequent meta-analyses, which employed strict criteria to eliminate data from studies with potential sources of bias and used a primary outcome of frequencies of patients reporting at least 30% pain reduction compared with a placebo-controlled sample, suggest that the effectiveness of TCAs as a class for treating neuropathic pain is not as compelling as once was thought. Meta-analyses of studies employing specific TCAs revealed that there was little evidence to support the use of desipramine,50 imipramine,51 or nortriptyline52 in managing diabetic neuropathy or postherpetic neuralgia. Studies evaluating amitriptyline (dose range 12.5 to 150 mg/d), found low-level evidence of effectiveness; the benefit was expected to be present for a small subset (approximately 25%) of patients with neuropathic pain.53
There is moderate-quality evidence that duloxetine (60 to 120 mg/d) can produce a ≥50% improvement in pain severity ratings among patients with diabetic peripheral neuropathy.54 Although head-to-head studies with other antidepressants are limited, it appears that duloxetine and amitriptyline have comparable efficacy, even though the NNTs for amitriptyline were derived from lower-quality studies than those for duloxetine. Duloxetine is the only antidepressant to receive FDA approval for managing diabetic neuropathy. By contrast, studies assessing the utility of venlafaxine in neuropathic pain comprised small samples for brief durations, which limits the ability to draw clear (unbiased) support for its usefulness.55
Given the diversity of pathophysiologic processes underlying the disturbances that cause neuropathic pain disorders, it is unsurprising that the effectiveness of amitriptyline and duloxetine were not generalizable to all neuropathic pain states. Although amitriptyline produced pain-mitigating effects in patients with diabetic neuropathy and post-herpetic neuralgia, and duloxetine mitigated pain among patients with diabetic neuropathy, there was no evidence to suggest their effectiveness in phantom limb pain or human immunodeficiency virus-related and spinal cord-related neuropathies.35,53,54,56-58
Continue to: Fibromyalgia
Fibromyalgia
As with the issues encountered in interpreting the effectiveness of antidepressants in neuropathic pain, interpreting results gleaned from clinical trials of antidepressants for treating FM are fraught with similar difficulties. Although amitriptyline has been a first-line treatment for FM for many years, the evidence upon which such recommendations were based consisted of low-level studies that had a significant potential for bias.59 Large randomized trials would offer more compelling data regarding the efficacy of amitriptyline, but the prohibitive costs of such studies makes it unlikely they will be conducted. Amitriptyline (25 to 50 mg/d) was effective in mitigating FM-related pain in a small percentage of patients studied, with an estimated NNT of 4.59 Adverse effects, often contributing to treatment discontinuation, were encountered more frequently among patients who received amitriptyline compared with placebo.
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors failed to demonstrate significant pain relief (estimated NNT of 10), or improvement in fatigue or sleep problems, even though the studies upon which such conclusions were based were low-level studies with a high potential for bias.60 Although SSRIs have limited utility for mitigating pain, they are still quite useful for reducing depression among patients with FM.60
By contrast, the SNRIs duloxetine and milnacipran provided clinically relevant benefit over placebo in the frequency of patients reporting pain relief of ≥30%, as well as patients’ global impression of change.61 These agents, however, failed to provide clinically relevant benefit over placebo in improving health-related quality of life, reducing sleep problems, or improving fatigue. Nonetheless, duloxetine and milnacipran are FDA-approved for managing pain in FM. Studies assessing the efficacy of venlafaxine in the treatment of FM to date have been limited by small sample sizes, inconsistent dosing, lack of a placebo control, and lack of blinding, which limits the ability to clearly delineate the role of venlafaxine in managing FM.62
Mirtazapine (15 to 45 mg/d) showed a clinically relevant benefit compared with placebo for participant-reported pain relief of ≥30% and sleep disturbances. There was no benefit in terms of participant-reported improvement of quality of life, fatigue, or negative mood.63 The evidence was considered to be of low quality overall.
Headache
Amitriptyline has been employed off-label to address headache prophylaxis since 1964.64 Compared with placebo, it is efficacious in ameliorating migraine frequency and intensity as well as the frequency of tension headache.65,66 However, SSRIs and SNRIs (venlafaxine) failed to produce significant reductions in migraine frequency or severity or the frequencies of tension headache when compared with placebo.67,68
Continue to: Irritable bowel syndrome
Irritable bowel syndrome
Early studies addressing antidepressant efficacy in IBS reveal inconsistencies. For example, whereas some suggest that TCAs are effective in mitigating chronic, severe abdominal pain,39,40 others concluded that TCAs failed to demonstrate a significant analgesic benefit.69 A recent meta-analysis that restricted analysis of efficacy to randomized controlled trials (RCTs) with more rigorous methodological adherence found that pain relief in IBS is possible with both TCAs as well as SSRIs. However, adverse effects were more commonly encountered with TCAs than with SSRIs. Some of the inconsistencies in treatment efficacy reported in early studies may be due to variations in responsiveness of subsets of IBS patients. Specifically, the utility of TCAs appears to be best among patients with diarrheal-type (as opposed to constipation-type) IBS, presumably due to TCAs’ anticholinergic effects, whereas SSRIs may provide more of a benefit for patients with predominantly constipation-type IBS.40,70
Other chronic pain conditions
Antidepressants have been used to assist in the management of several other pain conditions, including oral-facial pain, interstitial cystitis, non-cardiac chest pain, and others. The role of antidepressants for such conditions remains unclear due to limitations in the prevailing empirical work, such as few trials, small sample sizes, variations in outcome measures, and insufficient randomization and blinding.71-76 The interpretation of results from systematic reviews and meta-analyses is limited because of these shortcomings.77 Hence, it has not always been possible to determine whether, and to what extent, patients with such conditions may benefit from antidepressants.
Neuromodulatory effects and efficacy for pain
The interplay of norepinephrine (NE) and serotonin (5-HT) neurotransmitter systems and cellular mechanisms involved in the descending modulation of pain pathways is complex. Experimental animal models of pain modulation suggest that 5-HT can both inhibit as well as promote pain perception by different physiological mechanisms, in contrast to NE, which is predominately inhibitory. While 5-HT in the descending modulating system can inhibit pain transmission ascending to the brain from the periphery, it appears that an intact noradrenergic system is necessary for the inhibitory influences of the serotonergic system to be appreciated.16,78,79 Deficiencies in one or both of these neurotransmitter systems may contribute to hyperactive pain processing, and thereby precipitate or maintain chronic pain.
Pain mitigation may be achieved best by enhancing both neurotransmitters simultaneously, less so by enhancing NE alone, and least by enhancing 5-HT alone.6 The ability to impact pain modulation would, therefore, depend on the degree to which an antidepressant capitalizes on both noradrenergic and serotonergic neurotransmission. Antidepressants commonly employed to manage pain are presented in Table 147,60,68,80-88 according to their primary neurotransmitter effects. Thus, the literature summarized above suggests that antidepressants that influence both NE and 5-HT transmission have greater analgesic effects than antidepressants with more specific effects, such as influencing 5-HT reuptake alone.80-85 It is unsurprising, therefore, that the SSRIs have not been demonstrated to be as consistently analgesic.47,60,68,80,86-88
Similarly, pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic differences within antidepressant classes may influence analgesic effectiveness. Simultaneous effects on NE and 5-HT are achieved at low doses with duloxetine and milnacipran. By contrast, 5-HT effects predominate at low doses for venlafaxine. To achieve pain-mitigating effects, higher doses of venlafaxine generally are required.89 Therefore, inconsistencies across studies regarding the analgesic benefits of venlafaxine may be attributable to variability in dosing; patients treated with lower doses may not have experienced sufficient NE effects to garner positive results.
Continue to: The differences in analgesic efficacy...
The differences in analgesic efficacy among specific TCAs may be understood in a similar fashion. Specifically, tertiary TCAs (imipramine and amitriptyline) inhibit both 5-HT and NE reuptake.6,90 Secondary amines (desipramine and nortriptyline) predominantly impact NE reuptake, possibly accounting for the lesser pain-mitigating benefit achieved with these agents, such as for treating neuropathic pain. Further, in vivo imipramine and amitriptyline are rapidly metabolized to secondary amines that are potent and selective NE reuptake inhibitors. In this way, the secondary amines may substantially lose the ability to modulate pain transmission because of the loss of concurrent 5-HT influences.90
Clinical pearls
The following practical points can help guide clinicians regarding the usefulness of antidepressants for pain management:
- Antidepressants can alleviate symptoms of depression and pain. The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants are possible even among chronic pain patients who are not depressed. Antidepressants may confer benefits for chronic pain patients with depression and other comorbid conditions, such as somatic symptom and related disorders.
- Antidepressants are useful for select chronic pain states. Although the noradrenergic and serotonergic antidepressants (SNRIs and, to some extent, amitriptyline) appear to have efficacy for neuropathic pain and FM, the benefits of SSRIs appear to be less robust. On the other hand, SSRIs and TCAs may have potential benefit for patients with IBS. However, the results of meta-analyses are limited in the ability to provide information about which patients will best respond to which specific antidepressant or how well. Future research directed at identifying characteristics that can predict which patients are likely to benefit from one antidepressant vs another would help inform how best to tailor treatment to individual needs.
- The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants often emerge early in the course of treatment (often before mood-elevating effects are observed). For example, in the case of amitriptyline, pain relief may be possible for some patients at doses generally lower than those required for mood-elevating effects. To date, there is limited information in the literature to determine what constitutes a sufficient duration of treatment, or when treatment should be modified.
- Failure to reduce pain should raise questions about whether the dose should be increased, an alternative agent should be tried, or combinations with other analgesic agents should be considered. Failure to achieve pain-mitigating effects with one antidepressant does not mean failure with others. Hence, failure to achieve desired effects with one agent might warrant an empirical trial with another agent. Presently, too few double-blind RCTs have been conducted to assess the pain-mitigating effects of other antidepressants (eg, bupropion and newer SNRIs such as desvenlafaxine and levomilnacipran). Meta-analysis of the analgesic effectiveness of these agents or comparisons to the efficacy of other antidepressant classes is, therefore, impossible at this time.
Because many chronic pain states are complex, patients will seldom experience clinically relevant benefit from any one intervention.53 The bigger implication for clinical research is to determine whether there is a sequence or combination of medication use that will provide overall better clinical effectiveness.53 Only limited data are available exploring the utility of combining pharmacologic approaches to address pain.91 For example, preliminary evidence suggests that combinations of complementary strategies, such as duloxetine combined with pregabalin, may result in significantly greater numbers of FM patients achieving ≥30% pain reduction compared with monotherapy with either agent alone or placebo.92
- Antidepressant selection may need to be based on medication-related adverse effect profiles and the potential for drug interactions. These factors are useful to consider in delineating multimodal treatment regimens for chronic pain in light of patients’ comorbidities and co-medication regimen. For example, the adverse effects of TCAs (anticholinergic and alpha-adrenergic influences) limit their utility for treating pain. Some of these effects can be more problematic in select populations, such as older adults or those with orthostatic difficulties, among others. TCAs are contraindicated in patients with closed-angle glaucoma, recent myocardial infarction, cardiac arrhythmias, poorly controlled seizures, or severe benign prostatic hypertrophy. Although the pain-mitigating effects of SNRIs have not been demonstrated to significantly exceed those of TCAs,68,93,94 SNRIs would offer an advantage of greater tolerability of adverse effects and relative safety in patients with comorbid medical conditions that would otherwise preclude TCA use. The adverse effects and common drug interactions associated with antidepressants are summarized in Table 295.
Conclusion
Chronic, nonmalignant pain conditions afflict many patients and significantly impair their ability to function. Because of heightened concerns related to the appropriateness of, and restricting inordinate access to, long-term opioid analgesics, clinicians need to explore the usefulness of co-analgesic agents, such as antidepressants. Significant comorbidities exist between psychiatric disorders and chronic pain, and psychiatrists are uniquely positioned to diagnose and treat psychiatric comorbidities, as well as pain, among their patients, especially since they understand the kinetics and dynamics of antidepressants.
Bottom Line
Antidepressants can alleviate symptoms of depression and pain. Noradrenergic and serotonergic antidepressants appear to have efficacy for pain associated with neuropathy and fibromyalgia, while selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and tricyclic antidepressants may have benefit for patients with irritable bowel syndrome. However, evidence regarding which patients will best respond to which specific antidepressant is limited.
Continue to: Related Resources
Related Resources
- Williams AM, Knox ED. When to prescribe antidepressants to treat comorbid depression and pain disorders. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(1):55-58.
- Maletic V, Demuri B. Chronic pain and depression: treatment of 2 culprits in common. Current Psychiatry. 2016;15(3):41,47-50,52.
Drug Brand Names
Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
Bupropion • Wellbutrin, Zyban
Carisoprodol • Rela, Soma
Cyclobenzaprine • Amrix, Flexeril
Desipramine • Norpramin
Desvenlafaxine • Pristiq
Duloxetine • Cymbalta
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Gabapentin • Horizant, Neurontin
Imipramine • Tofranil
Levomilnacipran • Fetzima
Methadone • Dolophine, Methadose
Milnacipran • Savella
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Nortriptyline • Pamelor
Paroxetine • Paxil
Pregabalin • Lyrica, Lyrica CR
Tapentadol • Nucynta
Tramadol • Ultram
Trazodone • Desyrel, Oleptro
Venlafaxine • Effexor
Warfarin • Coumadin, Jantoven
1. Paoli F, Darcourt G, Cossa P. Preliminary note on the action of imipramine in painful states [in French]. Rev Neurol (Paris). 1960;102:503-504.
2. Fields HL, Heinricher MM, Mason P. Neurotransmitters in nociceptive modulatory circuits. Annu Rev Neurosci. 1991;14:219-245.
3. Hunt SP, Mantyh PW. The molecular dynamics of pain control. Nat Rev Neurosci. 2001;2(2):83-91.
4. Lamont LA, Tranquilli WJ, Grimm KA. Physiology of pain. Vet Clin North Am Small Anim Pract. 2000;30(4):703-728, v.
5. Fields HL, Basbaum AI, Heinricher MM. Central nervous system mechanisms of pain modulation. In: McMahon S, Koltzenburg M, eds. Wall and Melzack’s Textbook of Pain. 5th ed. Burlington, MA: Elsevier Health Sciences; 2005:125-142.
6. Marks DM, Shah MJ, Patkar AA, et al. Serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors for pain control: premise and promise. Curr Neuropharmacol. 2009;7(4):331-336.
7. Baba H, Shimoji K, Yoshimura M. Norepinephrine facilitates inhibitory transmission in substantia gelatinosa of adult rat spinal cord (part 1): effects on axon terminals of GABAergic and glycinergic neurons. Anesthesiology. 2000;92(2):473-484.
8. Carter GT, Sullivan MD. Antidepressants in pain management. Curr Opin Investig Drugs. 2002;3(3):454-458.
9. Kawasaki Y, Kumamoto E, Furue H, et al. Alpha 2 adrenoceptor-mediated presynaptic inhibition of primary afferent glutamatergic transmission in rat substantia gelatinosa neurons. Anesthesiology. 2003;98(3):682-689.
10. McCleane G. Antidepressants as analgesics. CNS Drugs. 2008;22(2):139-156.
11. Ansari A. The efficacy of newer antidepressants in the treatment of chronic pain: a review of current literature. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2000;7(5):257-277.
12. Egbunike IG, Chaffee BJ. Antidepressants in the management of chronic pain syndromes. Pharmacotherapy. 1990;10(4):262-270.
13. Fishbain DA. Evidence-based data on pain relief with antidepressants. Ann Med. 2000;32(5):305-316.
14. Fishbain DA, Detke MJ, Wernicke J, et al. The relationship between antidepressant and analgesic responses: findings from six placebo-controlled trials assessing the efficacy of duloxetine in patients with major depressive disorder. Curr Med Res Opin. 2008;24(11):3105-3115.
15. Harada E, Tokuoka H, Fujikoshi S, et al. Is duloxetine’s effect on painful physical symptoms in depression an indirect result of improvement of depressive symptoms? Pooled analyses of three randomized controlled trials. Pain. 2016;157(3):577-584.
16. Kehoe WA. Antidepressants for chronic pain: selection and dosing considerations. Am J Pain Med. 1993;3(4):161-165.
17. Damush TM, Kroenke K, Bair MJ, et al. Pain self-management training increases self-efficacy, self-management behaviours and pain and depression outcomes. Eur J Pain. 2016;20(2):1070-1078.
18. DeVeaugh-Geiss AM, West SL, Miller WC, et al. The adverse effects of comorbid pain on depression outcomes in primary care patients: results from the ARTIST trial. Pain Medicine. 2010;11(5):732-741.
19. Egloff N, Cámara RJ, von Känel R, et al. Hypersensitivity and hyperalgesia in somatoform pain disorders. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2014;36(3):284-290.
20. Goesling J, Clauw DW, Hassett AL. Pain and depression: an integrative review of neurobiological and psychological factors. Curr Psych Reports. 2013;15(12):421.
21. Kroenke K, Wu J, Bair MJ, et al. Reciprocal relationship between pain and depression: a 12-Month longitudinal analysis in primary care. J Pain. 2011;12(9):964-973.
22. Leo RJ. Chronic pain and comorbid depression. Curr Treat Options Neurol. 2005;7(5):403-412.
23. Bair MJ, Robinson RL, Eckert GJ, et al. Impact of pain on depression treatment response in primary care. Psychosom Med. 2004;66(1):17-22.
24. Karp JF, Scott J, Houck P, et al. Pain predicts longer time to remission during treatment of recurrent depression. J Clin Psychiatry. 2005;66(5):591-597.
25. Kroenke K, Shen J, Oxman TE, et al. Impact of pain on the outcomes of depression treatment: results from the RESPECT trial. Pain. 2008;134(1-2):209-215.
26. Mavandadi S, Ten Have TR, Katz IR, et al. Effect of depression treatment on depressive symptoms in older adulthood: the moderating role of pain. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2007;55(2):202-211.
27. Thielke SM, Fan MY, Sullivan M, et al. Pain limits the effectiveness of collaborative care for depression. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;15(8):699-707.
28. Arnow BA, Hunkeler EM, Blasey CM, et al. Comorbid depression, chronic pain, and disability in primary care. Psychosom Med. 2006;68(2):262-268.
29. Demyttenaere K, Bonnewyn A, Bruffaerts R, et al. Comorbid painful physical symptoms and depression: Prevalence, work loss, and help seeking. J Affect Disord. 2006;92(2-3):185-193.
30. Nakao M, Barsky AJ. Clinical application of somatosensory amplification in psychosomatic medicine. Biopsychosoc Med. 2007;1:17.
31. Perez DL, Barsky AJ, Vago DR, et al. A neural circuit framework for somatosensory amplification in somatoform disorders. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2015;27(1):e40-e50.
32. Fishbain DA, Cutler RB, Rosomoff HL, et al. Do antidepressants have an analgesic effect in psychogenic pain and somatoform pain disorder? A meta-analysis. Psychosom Med. 1998;60(4):503-509.
33. Kleinstäuber M, Witthöft M, Steffanowski A, et al. Pharmacological interventions for somatoform disorders in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(11):CD010628.
34. Collins SL, Moore RA, McQuay HJ, et al. Antidepressants and anticonvulsants for diabetic neuropathy and postherpetic neuralgia: a quantitative systematic review. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2000;20(6):449-458.
35. Saarto T, Wiffen PJ. Antidepressants for neuropathic pain: a Cochrane review. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2010;81(12):1372-1373.
36. Arnold LM, Keck PE, Welge JA. Antidepressant treatment of fibromyalgia. A meta-analysis and review. Psychosomatics. 2000;41(2):104-113.
37. O’Malley PG, Balden E, Tomkins G, et al. Treatment of fibromyalgia with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. J Gen Intern Med. 2000;15(9):659-666.
38. Tomkins GE, Jackson JL, O’Malley PG, et al. Treatment of chronic headache with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. Am J Med. 2001;111(1):54-63.
39. Jackson JL, O’Malley PG, Tomkins G, et al. Treatment of functional gastrointestinal disorders with antidepressant medications: a meta-analysis. Am J Med. 2000;108(1):65-72.
40. Lesbros-Pantoflickova D, Michetti P, Fried M et al. Meta-analysis: the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2004;20(11-12):1253-1269.
41. Centre for Clinical Practice at NICE (UK). Neuropathic pain: the pharmacological management of neuropathic pain in adults in non-specialist settings. London, UK: National Institute for Health and Care Excellence, (UK); 2013.
42. O’Connor AB, Dworkin RH. Treatment of neuropathic pain: an overview of recent guidelines. Am J Med. 2009;122(suppl 10):S22-S32.
43. Moulin D, Boulanger A, Clark AJ, et al; Canadian Pain Society. Pharmacological management of chronic neuropathic pain: revised consensus statement from the Canadian Pain Society. Pain Res Manag. 2014;19(6):328-35.
44. Mu A, Weinberg E, Moulin DE, et al. Pharmacologic management of chronic neuropathic pain: Review of the Canadian Pain Society consensus statement. Can Fam Physician. 2017;63(11):844-852.
45. Finnerup NB, Otto M, McQuay HJ, et al. Algorithm for neuropathic pain treatment: an evidence based proposal. Pain. 2005;118(3):289-305.
46. Hempenstall K, Nurmikko TJ, Johnson RW, et al. Analgesic therapy in postherpetic neuralgia: a quantitative systematic review. PLoS Med. 2005;2(7):e164.
47. Sindrup SH, Jensen TS. Efficacy of pharmacological treatments of neuropathic pain: an update and effect related to mechanism of drug action. Pain. 1999;83(3):389-400.
48. Wu CL, Raja SN. An update on the treatment of postherpetic neuralgia. J Pain. 2008;9(suppl 1):S19-S30.
49. Kroenke K, Krebs EE, Bair MJ. Pharmacotherapy of chronic pain: a synthesis of recommendations from systematic reviews. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2009;31(3):206-219.
50. Hearn L, Moore RA, Derry S, et al. Desipramine for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(9):CD011003.
51. Hearn L, Derry S, Phillips T, et al. Imipramine for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(5):CD010769.
52. Derry S, Wiffen PJ, Aldington D, et al. Nortriptyline for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;1:CD011209.
53. Moore R, Derry S, Aldington D, et al. Amitriptyline for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(7):CD008242.
54. Lunn MP, Hughes RA, Wiffen PJ. Duloxetine for treating painful neuropathy, chronic pain or fibromyalgia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(1):CD007115.
55. Gallagher HC, Gallagher RM, Butler M, et al. Venlafaxine for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(8):CD011091.
56. Alviar MJ, Hale T, Dungca M. Pharmacologic interventions for treating phantom limb pain. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;10:CD006380.
57. Dinat N, Marinda E, Moch S, et al. Randomized, Double-Blind, Crossover Trial of Amitriptyline for Analgesia in Painful HIV-Associated Sensory Neuropathy. PLoS One. 2015;10(5):e0126297. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0126297.eCollection 2015.
58. Mehta S, McIntyre A, Janzen S, et al; Spinal Cord Injury Rehabilitation Evidence Team. Systematic review of pharmacologic treatments of pain after spinal cord injury: an update. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2016;97(8):1381-1391.e1.
59. Moore RA, Derry S, Aldington D, et al. Amitriptyline for neuropathic pain and fibromyalgia in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;(12):CD008242..
60. Walitt B, Urrútia G, Nishishinya MB, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for fibromyalgia syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(6):CD011735.
61. Welsch P, Üçeyler N, Klose P, et al. Serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) for fibromyalgia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;(2):CD010292.
62. VanderWeide LA, Smith SM, Trinkley KE. A systematic review of the efficacy of venlafaxine for the treatment of fibromyalgia. J Clin Pharm Ther. 2015;40(1):1-6.
63. Welsch P, Bernardy K, Derry S, et al. Mirtazapine for fibromyalgia in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;(8):CD012708.
64. Lance JW, Curran DA. Treatment of chronic tension headache. Lancet. 1964;283(7345):1236-1239.
65. Jackson JL, William S, Laura S, et al. Tricyclic antidepressants and headaches: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2010;341:c5222. doi: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.c5222
66. Xu XM, Liu Y, Dong MX, et al. Tricyclic antidepressants for preventing migraine in adults. Medicine. 2017;96(22):e6989. doi: 10.1097/MD.0000000000006989.
67. Banzi R, Cusi C, Randazzo C, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) for the prevention of migraine in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(4):CD002919.
68. Banzi R, Cusi C, Randazzo C, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) for the prevention of tension-type headache in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(5):CD011681.
69. Quartero AO, Meineche-Schmidt V, Muris J, et al. Bulking agents, antispasmodic and antidepressant medication for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2005;(2):CD003460.
70. Ford AC, Talley NJ, Schoenfeld PS, et al. Efficacy of antidepressants and psychological therapies in irritable bowel syndrome: systematic review and meta-analysis. Gut. 2009;58(3):367-378.
71. Coss-Adame E, Erdogan A, Rao SS. Treatment of esophageal (noncardiac) chest pain: an expert review. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014;12(8):1224-1245.
72. Kelada E, Jones A. Interstitial cystitis. Arch Gynecol Obstet. 2007;275(4):223-229.
73. Leo RJ, Dewani S. A systematic review of the utility of antidepressant pharmacotherapy in the treatment of vulvodynia pain. J Sex Med. 2013;10(10):2497-2505.
74. McMillan R, Forssell H, Buchanan JA, et al. Interventions for treating burning mouth syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;11:CD002779.
75. Patel DN. Inconclusive results of a systematic review of efficacy of antidepressants on orofacial pain disorders. Evid Based Dent. 2013;14(2):55-56.
76. Wang W, Sun YH, Wang YY, et al. Treatment of functional chest pain with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. Pain Physician. 2012;15(2):E131-E142.
77. Lavis JN. How can we support the use of systematic reviews in policymaking? PLoS Med. 2009;6(11):e1000141. doi: 10.1371/journal.pmed.1000141.
78. Sorkin L. Nociceptive transmission within the spinal cord. Mt Sinai J Med. 1991;58(3):208-216.
79. Yokogawa F, Kiuchi Y, Ishikawa Y, et al. An investigation of monoamine receptors involved in antinociceptive effects of antidepressants. Anesth Analg. 2002;95(1):163-168, table of contents.
80. Lynch ME. Antidepressants as analgesics: a review of randomized controlled trials. J Psychiatry Neurosci. 2001;26(1):30-36.
81. Max MB. Treatment of post-herpetic neuralgia: antidepressants. Ann Neurol. 1994;35(suppl):S50-S53.
82. Max MB, Lynch SA, Muir J, et al. Effects of desipramine, amitriptyline, and fluoxetine on pain in diabetic neuropathy. N Engl J Med. 1992;326(19):1250-1256.
83. McQuay HJ, Tramèr M, Nye BA, et al. A systematic review of antidepressants in neuropathic pain. Pain. 1996;68(2-3):217-227.
84. Mochizucki D. Serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors in animal models of pain. Hum Psychopharmacol Clin Exp. 2004;19(suppl 1):15-19.
85. Sussman N. SNRIs versus SSRIs: mechanisms of action in treating depression and painful physical symptoms. Primary Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2003;5(suppl 7):19-26.
86. Bundeff AW, Woodis CB. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. Ann Pharmacother. 2014;48(6):777-784.
87. Jung AC, Staiger T, Sullivan M. The efficacy of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for the management of chronic pain. J Gen Intern Med. 1997;12(6):384-389.
88. Xie C, Tang Y, Wang Y, et al. Efficacy and safety of antidepressants for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome: a meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2015;10(8):e0127815. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0127815. eCollection 2015.
89. Zijlstra TR , Barendregt PJ , van de Laar MA. Venlafaxine in fibromyalgia: results of a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind trial. Arthritis Rheum. 2002;46(suppl 9):S105.
90. Bymaster FP, Dreshfield-Ahmad LJ, Threlkeld PG. Comparative affinity of duloxetine and venlafaxine for serotonin and norepinephrine transporters in vitro and in vivo, human serotonin receptor subtypes, and other neuronal receptors. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2001;25(6):871-880.
91. Thorpe J, Shum B, Moore RA, et al. Combination pharmacotherapy for the treatment of fibromyalgia in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;(2):CD010585.
92. Gilron I, Chaparro LE, Tu D, et al. Combination of pregabalin with duloxetine for fibromyalgia: a randomized controlled trial. Pain. 2016;157(7):1532-1540.
93. Häuser W, Petzke F, Üçeyler N, et al. Comparative efficacy and acceptability of amitriptyline, duloxetine and milnacipran in fibromyalgia syndrome: a systematic review with meta-analysis. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2011;50(3):532-543.
94. Hossain SM, Hussain SM, Ekram AR. Duloxetine in painful diabetic neuropathy: a systematic review. Clin J Pain. 2016;32(11):1005-1010.
95. Riediger C, Schuster T, Barlinn K, et al. Adverse effects of antidepressants for chronic pain: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Front Neurol. 2017;8:307.
Approximately 55 years ago, tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) began to be used to treat neuropathic pain.1 Eventually, clinical trials emerged suggesting the utility of TCAs for other chronic pain conditions, such as fibromyalgia (FM) and migraine prophylaxis. However, despite TCAs’ effectiveness in mitigating painful conditions, their adverse effects limited their use.
Pharmacologic advancements have led to the development of other antidepressant classes, including selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), and the use of these agents has come to eclipse that of TCAs. In the realm of pain management, such developments have raised the hope of possible alternative co-analgesic agents that could avoid the adverse effects associated with TCAs. Some of these agents have demonstrated efficacy for managing chronic pain states, while others have demonstrated only limited utility.
This article provides a synopsis of systematic reviews and meta-analyses examining the role of antidepressant therapy for managing several chronic pain conditions, including pain associated with neuropathy, FM, headache, and irritable bowel syndrome (IBS). Because the literature base is rapidly evolving, it is necessary to revisit the information gleaned from clinical data with respect to treatment effectiveness, and to clarify how antidepressants might be positioned in the management of chronic pain.
The effectiveness of antidepressants for pain
The pathophysiologic processes that precipitate and maintain chronic pain conditions are complex (Box 12-10). The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants can be thought of in terms of direct analgesic effects and indirect effects (Box 22,3,8,10,11-33).
Box 1
The pathophysiologic processes precipitating and maintaining chronic pain conditions are complex. Persistent and chronic pain results from changes in sensitivity within both ascending pathways (relaying pain information from the periphery to the spinal cord and brain) and descending pain pathways (functioning to modulate ascending pain information).2,3 Tissue damage or peripheral nerve injury can lead to a cascade of neuroplastic changes within the CNS, resulting in hyperexcitability within the ascending pain pathways.
The descending pain pathways consist of the midbrain periaqueductal gray area (PGA), the rostroventral medulla (RVM), and the dorsolateral pontomesencephalic tegmentum (DLPT). The axons of the RVM (the outflow of which is serotonergic) and DLPT (the outflow of which is noradrenergic) terminate in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord,4 and thereby dampen pain signals arising from the periphery. Diminished output from descending pain pathways can heighten the pain experience. Input from the cortex, hypothalamus, and amygdala (among other structures) converges upon the PGA, RVM and DLPT, and can influence the degree of pain modulation emerging from descending pathways. In this way, thoughts, appraisals, and mood are believed to comprise cognitive and affective modifiers of pain experiences.
Devising effective chronic pain treatment becomes challenging; multimodal treatment approaches often are advocated, including pharmacologic treatment with analgesics in combination with co-analgesic medications such as antidepressants. Although a description of multimodal treatment is beyond the scope of this article, such treatment also would encompass physical therapy, occupational therapy, and psychotherapeutic interventions to augment rehabilitative efforts and the functional capabilities of patients who struggle with persisting pain.
Although the direct pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants are not fully understood, it is believed that augmentation of monoamine neurotransmission from supraspinal nuclei (ie, the RVM and DLPT) modulate pain transmission from the periphery.5,6 In addition, there is evidence that some effects of tricyclic antidepressants can modulate several other functions that impact peripheral and central sensitization.7-10
During the last several decades, antidepressants have been used to address—and have demonstrated clinical utility for—a variety of chronic pain states. However, antidepressants are not a panacea; some chronic pain conditions are more responsive to antidepressants than are others. The chronic painful states most amenable to antidepressants are those that result primarily from a process of neural sensitization, as opposed to acute somatic or visceral nociception. Hence, several meta-analyses and evidence-based reviews have long suggested the usefulness of antidepressants for mitigating pain associated with neuropathy,34,35 FM,36,37 headache,38 and IBS.39,40
Box 2
The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants can be thought of in terms of direct analgesic effects (impacting neurotransmission of descending pathways independent of influences on mood) and indirect effects (presumably impacting cortical and limbic output to the periaqueductal gray area, the rostroventral medulla, and the dorsolateral pontomesencephalic tegmentum brought about by improvement in mood and/or cognitive appraisals) (Figure2,3,8,10,11,15,20,22,28,29). Support for the direct analgesic effects has been garnered from initial empirical work that demonstrated pain relief among patients with pain who are not depressed. Additionally, among patients who have depression and experience pain, analgesia reportedly often occurs within 2 weeks, which is before antidepressant effects are appreciated,11-15 and, at least for some antidepressants, occurs at doses far lower than those required to produce mood-elevating effects.11,12,16
On the other hand, it is well established that significant comorbidities exist between chronic pain states and psychiatric disorders (eg, depression and somatic symptom and related disorders).17-21 There may be common physiological substrates underlying chronic pain and depression.20,22 There are bidirectional influences of limbic (affective) systems and those CNS structures involved in pain processing and integration. The effects of pain and depression are reciprocal; the presence of one makes the management of the other more challenging.23-27 Mood disturbances can, therefore, impact pain processing by acting as affective and cognitive amplifiers of pain by leading to catastrophizing, pain severity augmentation, poor coping with pain-related stress, etc.28,29 It is plausible that the mood-elevating effects of antidepressants can improve pain by indirect effects, by modulating limbic activity, which in turn, impacts coping, cognitive appraisals of pain, etc.
Patients with somatoform disorders (using pre-DSM-5 terminology) frequently present with chronic pain, often in multiple sites.19 Such patients are characterized by hypervigilance for, and a predisposition to focus on, physical sensations and to appraise these sensations as reflecting a pathological state.30 Neuroimaging studies have begun to identify those neural circuits involved in somatoform disorders, many of which act as cognitive and affective amplifiers of visceral-somatic sensory processing. Many of these neural circuits overlap, and interact with, those involved in pain processing.31 Antidepressants can mitigate the severity of unexplained physical complaints, including pain, among patients who somatize32,33; however, due to the heterogeneity of studies upon which this claim is based, the quality of the evidence is reportedly low.33 There is uncertainty whether, or to what extent, antidepressant benefits among patients who somatize are due to a direct impact on pain modulation, or indirect effects on mood or cognitive appraisals/perceptions.
Despite the uncertainties about the exact mechanisms through which antidepressants exert analgesic effects, antidepressants can be appropriately used to treat patients with selected chronic pain syndromes, regardless of whether or not the patient has a psychiatric comorbidity. For those patients with pain and psychiatric comorbidities, the benefits may be brought about via direct mechanisms, indirect mechanisms, or a combination of both.
Continue to: Neuropathic pain
Neuropathic pain
Several treatment guidelines advocate for the use of antidepressants for neuropathic pain.41-44 For decades, TCAs have been employed off-label to successfully treat many patients with neuropathic pain states. Early investigations suggested that TCAs were robustly efficacious in managing patients with neuropathy.45-48 Calculated number-needed-to-treat (NNT) values for TCAs were quite low (ie, reflecting that few patients would need to be treated to yield a positive response in one patient compared with placebo), and were comparable to, if not slightly better than, the NNTs generated for anticonvulsants and α2-δ ligands, such as gabapentin or pregabalin.45-48
Unfortunately, early studies involving TCAs conducted many years ago do not meet contemporary standards of methodological rigor; they featured relatively small samples of patients assessed for brief post-treatment intervals with variable outcome measures. Thus, the NNT values obtained in meta-analyses based on these studies may overestimate treatment benefits.49 Further, NNT values derived from meta-analyses tended to combine all drugs within a particular antidepressant class (eg, amitriptyline, nortriptyline, desipramine, and imipramine among the TCAs) employed at diverse doses. Taken together, these limitations raise questions about the results of those meta-analyses.
Subsequent meta-analyses, which employed strict criteria to eliminate data from studies with potential sources of bias and used a primary outcome of frequencies of patients reporting at least 30% pain reduction compared with a placebo-controlled sample, suggest that the effectiveness of TCAs as a class for treating neuropathic pain is not as compelling as once was thought. Meta-analyses of studies employing specific TCAs revealed that there was little evidence to support the use of desipramine,50 imipramine,51 or nortriptyline52 in managing diabetic neuropathy or postherpetic neuralgia. Studies evaluating amitriptyline (dose range 12.5 to 150 mg/d), found low-level evidence of effectiveness; the benefit was expected to be present for a small subset (approximately 25%) of patients with neuropathic pain.53
There is moderate-quality evidence that duloxetine (60 to 120 mg/d) can produce a ≥50% improvement in pain severity ratings among patients with diabetic peripheral neuropathy.54 Although head-to-head studies with other antidepressants are limited, it appears that duloxetine and amitriptyline have comparable efficacy, even though the NNTs for amitriptyline were derived from lower-quality studies than those for duloxetine. Duloxetine is the only antidepressant to receive FDA approval for managing diabetic neuropathy. By contrast, studies assessing the utility of venlafaxine in neuropathic pain comprised small samples for brief durations, which limits the ability to draw clear (unbiased) support for its usefulness.55
Given the diversity of pathophysiologic processes underlying the disturbances that cause neuropathic pain disorders, it is unsurprising that the effectiveness of amitriptyline and duloxetine were not generalizable to all neuropathic pain states. Although amitriptyline produced pain-mitigating effects in patients with diabetic neuropathy and post-herpetic neuralgia, and duloxetine mitigated pain among patients with diabetic neuropathy, there was no evidence to suggest their effectiveness in phantom limb pain or human immunodeficiency virus-related and spinal cord-related neuropathies.35,53,54,56-58
Continue to: Fibromyalgia
Fibromyalgia
As with the issues encountered in interpreting the effectiveness of antidepressants in neuropathic pain, interpreting results gleaned from clinical trials of antidepressants for treating FM are fraught with similar difficulties. Although amitriptyline has been a first-line treatment for FM for many years, the evidence upon which such recommendations were based consisted of low-level studies that had a significant potential for bias.59 Large randomized trials would offer more compelling data regarding the efficacy of amitriptyline, but the prohibitive costs of such studies makes it unlikely they will be conducted. Amitriptyline (25 to 50 mg/d) was effective in mitigating FM-related pain in a small percentage of patients studied, with an estimated NNT of 4.59 Adverse effects, often contributing to treatment discontinuation, were encountered more frequently among patients who received amitriptyline compared with placebo.
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors failed to demonstrate significant pain relief (estimated NNT of 10), or improvement in fatigue or sleep problems, even though the studies upon which such conclusions were based were low-level studies with a high potential for bias.60 Although SSRIs have limited utility for mitigating pain, they are still quite useful for reducing depression among patients with FM.60
By contrast, the SNRIs duloxetine and milnacipran provided clinically relevant benefit over placebo in the frequency of patients reporting pain relief of ≥30%, as well as patients’ global impression of change.61 These agents, however, failed to provide clinically relevant benefit over placebo in improving health-related quality of life, reducing sleep problems, or improving fatigue. Nonetheless, duloxetine and milnacipran are FDA-approved for managing pain in FM. Studies assessing the efficacy of venlafaxine in the treatment of FM to date have been limited by small sample sizes, inconsistent dosing, lack of a placebo control, and lack of blinding, which limits the ability to clearly delineate the role of venlafaxine in managing FM.62
Mirtazapine (15 to 45 mg/d) showed a clinically relevant benefit compared with placebo for participant-reported pain relief of ≥30% and sleep disturbances. There was no benefit in terms of participant-reported improvement of quality of life, fatigue, or negative mood.63 The evidence was considered to be of low quality overall.
Headache
Amitriptyline has been employed off-label to address headache prophylaxis since 1964.64 Compared with placebo, it is efficacious in ameliorating migraine frequency and intensity as well as the frequency of tension headache.65,66 However, SSRIs and SNRIs (venlafaxine) failed to produce significant reductions in migraine frequency or severity or the frequencies of tension headache when compared with placebo.67,68
Continue to: Irritable bowel syndrome
Irritable bowel syndrome
Early studies addressing antidepressant efficacy in IBS reveal inconsistencies. For example, whereas some suggest that TCAs are effective in mitigating chronic, severe abdominal pain,39,40 others concluded that TCAs failed to demonstrate a significant analgesic benefit.69 A recent meta-analysis that restricted analysis of efficacy to randomized controlled trials (RCTs) with more rigorous methodological adherence found that pain relief in IBS is possible with both TCAs as well as SSRIs. However, adverse effects were more commonly encountered with TCAs than with SSRIs. Some of the inconsistencies in treatment efficacy reported in early studies may be due to variations in responsiveness of subsets of IBS patients. Specifically, the utility of TCAs appears to be best among patients with diarrheal-type (as opposed to constipation-type) IBS, presumably due to TCAs’ anticholinergic effects, whereas SSRIs may provide more of a benefit for patients with predominantly constipation-type IBS.40,70
Other chronic pain conditions
Antidepressants have been used to assist in the management of several other pain conditions, including oral-facial pain, interstitial cystitis, non-cardiac chest pain, and others. The role of antidepressants for such conditions remains unclear due to limitations in the prevailing empirical work, such as few trials, small sample sizes, variations in outcome measures, and insufficient randomization and blinding.71-76 The interpretation of results from systematic reviews and meta-analyses is limited because of these shortcomings.77 Hence, it has not always been possible to determine whether, and to what extent, patients with such conditions may benefit from antidepressants.
Neuromodulatory effects and efficacy for pain
The interplay of norepinephrine (NE) and serotonin (5-HT) neurotransmitter systems and cellular mechanisms involved in the descending modulation of pain pathways is complex. Experimental animal models of pain modulation suggest that 5-HT can both inhibit as well as promote pain perception by different physiological mechanisms, in contrast to NE, which is predominately inhibitory. While 5-HT in the descending modulating system can inhibit pain transmission ascending to the brain from the periphery, it appears that an intact noradrenergic system is necessary for the inhibitory influences of the serotonergic system to be appreciated.16,78,79 Deficiencies in one or both of these neurotransmitter systems may contribute to hyperactive pain processing, and thereby precipitate or maintain chronic pain.
Pain mitigation may be achieved best by enhancing both neurotransmitters simultaneously, less so by enhancing NE alone, and least by enhancing 5-HT alone.6 The ability to impact pain modulation would, therefore, depend on the degree to which an antidepressant capitalizes on both noradrenergic and serotonergic neurotransmission. Antidepressants commonly employed to manage pain are presented in Table 147,60,68,80-88 according to their primary neurotransmitter effects. Thus, the literature summarized above suggests that antidepressants that influence both NE and 5-HT transmission have greater analgesic effects than antidepressants with more specific effects, such as influencing 5-HT reuptake alone.80-85 It is unsurprising, therefore, that the SSRIs have not been demonstrated to be as consistently analgesic.47,60,68,80,86-88
Similarly, pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic differences within antidepressant classes may influence analgesic effectiveness. Simultaneous effects on NE and 5-HT are achieved at low doses with duloxetine and milnacipran. By contrast, 5-HT effects predominate at low doses for venlafaxine. To achieve pain-mitigating effects, higher doses of venlafaxine generally are required.89 Therefore, inconsistencies across studies regarding the analgesic benefits of venlafaxine may be attributable to variability in dosing; patients treated with lower doses may not have experienced sufficient NE effects to garner positive results.
Continue to: The differences in analgesic efficacy...
The differences in analgesic efficacy among specific TCAs may be understood in a similar fashion. Specifically, tertiary TCAs (imipramine and amitriptyline) inhibit both 5-HT and NE reuptake.6,90 Secondary amines (desipramine and nortriptyline) predominantly impact NE reuptake, possibly accounting for the lesser pain-mitigating benefit achieved with these agents, such as for treating neuropathic pain. Further, in vivo imipramine and amitriptyline are rapidly metabolized to secondary amines that are potent and selective NE reuptake inhibitors. In this way, the secondary amines may substantially lose the ability to modulate pain transmission because of the loss of concurrent 5-HT influences.90
Clinical pearls
The following practical points can help guide clinicians regarding the usefulness of antidepressants for pain management:
- Antidepressants can alleviate symptoms of depression and pain. The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants are possible even among chronic pain patients who are not depressed. Antidepressants may confer benefits for chronic pain patients with depression and other comorbid conditions, such as somatic symptom and related disorders.
- Antidepressants are useful for select chronic pain states. Although the noradrenergic and serotonergic antidepressants (SNRIs and, to some extent, amitriptyline) appear to have efficacy for neuropathic pain and FM, the benefits of SSRIs appear to be less robust. On the other hand, SSRIs and TCAs may have potential benefit for patients with IBS. However, the results of meta-analyses are limited in the ability to provide information about which patients will best respond to which specific antidepressant or how well. Future research directed at identifying characteristics that can predict which patients are likely to benefit from one antidepressant vs another would help inform how best to tailor treatment to individual needs.
- The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants often emerge early in the course of treatment (often before mood-elevating effects are observed). For example, in the case of amitriptyline, pain relief may be possible for some patients at doses generally lower than those required for mood-elevating effects. To date, there is limited information in the literature to determine what constitutes a sufficient duration of treatment, or when treatment should be modified.
- Failure to reduce pain should raise questions about whether the dose should be increased, an alternative agent should be tried, or combinations with other analgesic agents should be considered. Failure to achieve pain-mitigating effects with one antidepressant does not mean failure with others. Hence, failure to achieve desired effects with one agent might warrant an empirical trial with another agent. Presently, too few double-blind RCTs have been conducted to assess the pain-mitigating effects of other antidepressants (eg, bupropion and newer SNRIs such as desvenlafaxine and levomilnacipran). Meta-analysis of the analgesic effectiveness of these agents or comparisons to the efficacy of other antidepressant classes is, therefore, impossible at this time.
Because many chronic pain states are complex, patients will seldom experience clinically relevant benefit from any one intervention.53 The bigger implication for clinical research is to determine whether there is a sequence or combination of medication use that will provide overall better clinical effectiveness.53 Only limited data are available exploring the utility of combining pharmacologic approaches to address pain.91 For example, preliminary evidence suggests that combinations of complementary strategies, such as duloxetine combined with pregabalin, may result in significantly greater numbers of FM patients achieving ≥30% pain reduction compared with monotherapy with either agent alone or placebo.92
- Antidepressant selection may need to be based on medication-related adverse effect profiles and the potential for drug interactions. These factors are useful to consider in delineating multimodal treatment regimens for chronic pain in light of patients’ comorbidities and co-medication regimen. For example, the adverse effects of TCAs (anticholinergic and alpha-adrenergic influences) limit their utility for treating pain. Some of these effects can be more problematic in select populations, such as older adults or those with orthostatic difficulties, among others. TCAs are contraindicated in patients with closed-angle glaucoma, recent myocardial infarction, cardiac arrhythmias, poorly controlled seizures, or severe benign prostatic hypertrophy. Although the pain-mitigating effects of SNRIs have not been demonstrated to significantly exceed those of TCAs,68,93,94 SNRIs would offer an advantage of greater tolerability of adverse effects and relative safety in patients with comorbid medical conditions that would otherwise preclude TCA use. The adverse effects and common drug interactions associated with antidepressants are summarized in Table 295.
Conclusion
Chronic, nonmalignant pain conditions afflict many patients and significantly impair their ability to function. Because of heightened concerns related to the appropriateness of, and restricting inordinate access to, long-term opioid analgesics, clinicians need to explore the usefulness of co-analgesic agents, such as antidepressants. Significant comorbidities exist between psychiatric disorders and chronic pain, and psychiatrists are uniquely positioned to diagnose and treat psychiatric comorbidities, as well as pain, among their patients, especially since they understand the kinetics and dynamics of antidepressants.
Bottom Line
Antidepressants can alleviate symptoms of depression and pain. Noradrenergic and serotonergic antidepressants appear to have efficacy for pain associated with neuropathy and fibromyalgia, while selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and tricyclic antidepressants may have benefit for patients with irritable bowel syndrome. However, evidence regarding which patients will best respond to which specific antidepressant is limited.
Continue to: Related Resources
Related Resources
- Williams AM, Knox ED. When to prescribe antidepressants to treat comorbid depression and pain disorders. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(1):55-58.
- Maletic V, Demuri B. Chronic pain and depression: treatment of 2 culprits in common. Current Psychiatry. 2016;15(3):41,47-50,52.
Drug Brand Names
Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
Bupropion • Wellbutrin, Zyban
Carisoprodol • Rela, Soma
Cyclobenzaprine • Amrix, Flexeril
Desipramine • Norpramin
Desvenlafaxine • Pristiq
Duloxetine • Cymbalta
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Gabapentin • Horizant, Neurontin
Imipramine • Tofranil
Levomilnacipran • Fetzima
Methadone • Dolophine, Methadose
Milnacipran • Savella
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Nortriptyline • Pamelor
Paroxetine • Paxil
Pregabalin • Lyrica, Lyrica CR
Tapentadol • Nucynta
Tramadol • Ultram
Trazodone • Desyrel, Oleptro
Venlafaxine • Effexor
Warfarin • Coumadin, Jantoven
Approximately 55 years ago, tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) began to be used to treat neuropathic pain.1 Eventually, clinical trials emerged suggesting the utility of TCAs for other chronic pain conditions, such as fibromyalgia (FM) and migraine prophylaxis. However, despite TCAs’ effectiveness in mitigating painful conditions, their adverse effects limited their use.
Pharmacologic advancements have led to the development of other antidepressant classes, including selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), and the use of these agents has come to eclipse that of TCAs. In the realm of pain management, such developments have raised the hope of possible alternative co-analgesic agents that could avoid the adverse effects associated with TCAs. Some of these agents have demonstrated efficacy for managing chronic pain states, while others have demonstrated only limited utility.
This article provides a synopsis of systematic reviews and meta-analyses examining the role of antidepressant therapy for managing several chronic pain conditions, including pain associated with neuropathy, FM, headache, and irritable bowel syndrome (IBS). Because the literature base is rapidly evolving, it is necessary to revisit the information gleaned from clinical data with respect to treatment effectiveness, and to clarify how antidepressants might be positioned in the management of chronic pain.
The effectiveness of antidepressants for pain
The pathophysiologic processes that precipitate and maintain chronic pain conditions are complex (Box 12-10). The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants can be thought of in terms of direct analgesic effects and indirect effects (Box 22,3,8,10,11-33).
Box 1
The pathophysiologic processes precipitating and maintaining chronic pain conditions are complex. Persistent and chronic pain results from changes in sensitivity within both ascending pathways (relaying pain information from the periphery to the spinal cord and brain) and descending pain pathways (functioning to modulate ascending pain information).2,3 Tissue damage or peripheral nerve injury can lead to a cascade of neuroplastic changes within the CNS, resulting in hyperexcitability within the ascending pain pathways.
The descending pain pathways consist of the midbrain periaqueductal gray area (PGA), the rostroventral medulla (RVM), and the dorsolateral pontomesencephalic tegmentum (DLPT). The axons of the RVM (the outflow of which is serotonergic) and DLPT (the outflow of which is noradrenergic) terminate in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord,4 and thereby dampen pain signals arising from the periphery. Diminished output from descending pain pathways can heighten the pain experience. Input from the cortex, hypothalamus, and amygdala (among other structures) converges upon the PGA, RVM and DLPT, and can influence the degree of pain modulation emerging from descending pathways. In this way, thoughts, appraisals, and mood are believed to comprise cognitive and affective modifiers of pain experiences.
Devising effective chronic pain treatment becomes challenging; multimodal treatment approaches often are advocated, including pharmacologic treatment with analgesics in combination with co-analgesic medications such as antidepressants. Although a description of multimodal treatment is beyond the scope of this article, such treatment also would encompass physical therapy, occupational therapy, and psychotherapeutic interventions to augment rehabilitative efforts and the functional capabilities of patients who struggle with persisting pain.
Although the direct pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants are not fully understood, it is believed that augmentation of monoamine neurotransmission from supraspinal nuclei (ie, the RVM and DLPT) modulate pain transmission from the periphery.5,6 In addition, there is evidence that some effects of tricyclic antidepressants can modulate several other functions that impact peripheral and central sensitization.7-10
During the last several decades, antidepressants have been used to address—and have demonstrated clinical utility for—a variety of chronic pain states. However, antidepressants are not a panacea; some chronic pain conditions are more responsive to antidepressants than are others. The chronic painful states most amenable to antidepressants are those that result primarily from a process of neural sensitization, as opposed to acute somatic or visceral nociception. Hence, several meta-analyses and evidence-based reviews have long suggested the usefulness of antidepressants for mitigating pain associated with neuropathy,34,35 FM,36,37 headache,38 and IBS.39,40
Box 2
The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants can be thought of in terms of direct analgesic effects (impacting neurotransmission of descending pathways independent of influences on mood) and indirect effects (presumably impacting cortical and limbic output to the periaqueductal gray area, the rostroventral medulla, and the dorsolateral pontomesencephalic tegmentum brought about by improvement in mood and/or cognitive appraisals) (Figure2,3,8,10,11,15,20,22,28,29). Support for the direct analgesic effects has been garnered from initial empirical work that demonstrated pain relief among patients with pain who are not depressed. Additionally, among patients who have depression and experience pain, analgesia reportedly often occurs within 2 weeks, which is before antidepressant effects are appreciated,11-15 and, at least for some antidepressants, occurs at doses far lower than those required to produce mood-elevating effects.11,12,16
On the other hand, it is well established that significant comorbidities exist between chronic pain states and psychiatric disorders (eg, depression and somatic symptom and related disorders).17-21 There may be common physiological substrates underlying chronic pain and depression.20,22 There are bidirectional influences of limbic (affective) systems and those CNS structures involved in pain processing and integration. The effects of pain and depression are reciprocal; the presence of one makes the management of the other more challenging.23-27 Mood disturbances can, therefore, impact pain processing by acting as affective and cognitive amplifiers of pain by leading to catastrophizing, pain severity augmentation, poor coping with pain-related stress, etc.28,29 It is plausible that the mood-elevating effects of antidepressants can improve pain by indirect effects, by modulating limbic activity, which in turn, impacts coping, cognitive appraisals of pain, etc.
Patients with somatoform disorders (using pre-DSM-5 terminology) frequently present with chronic pain, often in multiple sites.19 Such patients are characterized by hypervigilance for, and a predisposition to focus on, physical sensations and to appraise these sensations as reflecting a pathological state.30 Neuroimaging studies have begun to identify those neural circuits involved in somatoform disorders, many of which act as cognitive and affective amplifiers of visceral-somatic sensory processing. Many of these neural circuits overlap, and interact with, those involved in pain processing.31 Antidepressants can mitigate the severity of unexplained physical complaints, including pain, among patients who somatize32,33; however, due to the heterogeneity of studies upon which this claim is based, the quality of the evidence is reportedly low.33 There is uncertainty whether, or to what extent, antidepressant benefits among patients who somatize are due to a direct impact on pain modulation, or indirect effects on mood or cognitive appraisals/perceptions.
Despite the uncertainties about the exact mechanisms through which antidepressants exert analgesic effects, antidepressants can be appropriately used to treat patients with selected chronic pain syndromes, regardless of whether or not the patient has a psychiatric comorbidity. For those patients with pain and psychiatric comorbidities, the benefits may be brought about via direct mechanisms, indirect mechanisms, or a combination of both.
Continue to: Neuropathic pain
Neuropathic pain
Several treatment guidelines advocate for the use of antidepressants for neuropathic pain.41-44 For decades, TCAs have been employed off-label to successfully treat many patients with neuropathic pain states. Early investigations suggested that TCAs were robustly efficacious in managing patients with neuropathy.45-48 Calculated number-needed-to-treat (NNT) values for TCAs were quite low (ie, reflecting that few patients would need to be treated to yield a positive response in one patient compared with placebo), and were comparable to, if not slightly better than, the NNTs generated for anticonvulsants and α2-δ ligands, such as gabapentin or pregabalin.45-48
Unfortunately, early studies involving TCAs conducted many years ago do not meet contemporary standards of methodological rigor; they featured relatively small samples of patients assessed for brief post-treatment intervals with variable outcome measures. Thus, the NNT values obtained in meta-analyses based on these studies may overestimate treatment benefits.49 Further, NNT values derived from meta-analyses tended to combine all drugs within a particular antidepressant class (eg, amitriptyline, nortriptyline, desipramine, and imipramine among the TCAs) employed at diverse doses. Taken together, these limitations raise questions about the results of those meta-analyses.
Subsequent meta-analyses, which employed strict criteria to eliminate data from studies with potential sources of bias and used a primary outcome of frequencies of patients reporting at least 30% pain reduction compared with a placebo-controlled sample, suggest that the effectiveness of TCAs as a class for treating neuropathic pain is not as compelling as once was thought. Meta-analyses of studies employing specific TCAs revealed that there was little evidence to support the use of desipramine,50 imipramine,51 or nortriptyline52 in managing diabetic neuropathy or postherpetic neuralgia. Studies evaluating amitriptyline (dose range 12.5 to 150 mg/d), found low-level evidence of effectiveness; the benefit was expected to be present for a small subset (approximately 25%) of patients with neuropathic pain.53
There is moderate-quality evidence that duloxetine (60 to 120 mg/d) can produce a ≥50% improvement in pain severity ratings among patients with diabetic peripheral neuropathy.54 Although head-to-head studies with other antidepressants are limited, it appears that duloxetine and amitriptyline have comparable efficacy, even though the NNTs for amitriptyline were derived from lower-quality studies than those for duloxetine. Duloxetine is the only antidepressant to receive FDA approval for managing diabetic neuropathy. By contrast, studies assessing the utility of venlafaxine in neuropathic pain comprised small samples for brief durations, which limits the ability to draw clear (unbiased) support for its usefulness.55
Given the diversity of pathophysiologic processes underlying the disturbances that cause neuropathic pain disorders, it is unsurprising that the effectiveness of amitriptyline and duloxetine were not generalizable to all neuropathic pain states. Although amitriptyline produced pain-mitigating effects in patients with diabetic neuropathy and post-herpetic neuralgia, and duloxetine mitigated pain among patients with diabetic neuropathy, there was no evidence to suggest their effectiveness in phantom limb pain or human immunodeficiency virus-related and spinal cord-related neuropathies.35,53,54,56-58
Continue to: Fibromyalgia
Fibromyalgia
As with the issues encountered in interpreting the effectiveness of antidepressants in neuropathic pain, interpreting results gleaned from clinical trials of antidepressants for treating FM are fraught with similar difficulties. Although amitriptyline has been a first-line treatment for FM for many years, the evidence upon which such recommendations were based consisted of low-level studies that had a significant potential for bias.59 Large randomized trials would offer more compelling data regarding the efficacy of amitriptyline, but the prohibitive costs of such studies makes it unlikely they will be conducted. Amitriptyline (25 to 50 mg/d) was effective in mitigating FM-related pain in a small percentage of patients studied, with an estimated NNT of 4.59 Adverse effects, often contributing to treatment discontinuation, were encountered more frequently among patients who received amitriptyline compared with placebo.
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors failed to demonstrate significant pain relief (estimated NNT of 10), or improvement in fatigue or sleep problems, even though the studies upon which such conclusions were based were low-level studies with a high potential for bias.60 Although SSRIs have limited utility for mitigating pain, they are still quite useful for reducing depression among patients with FM.60
By contrast, the SNRIs duloxetine and milnacipran provided clinically relevant benefit over placebo in the frequency of patients reporting pain relief of ≥30%, as well as patients’ global impression of change.61 These agents, however, failed to provide clinically relevant benefit over placebo in improving health-related quality of life, reducing sleep problems, or improving fatigue. Nonetheless, duloxetine and milnacipran are FDA-approved for managing pain in FM. Studies assessing the efficacy of venlafaxine in the treatment of FM to date have been limited by small sample sizes, inconsistent dosing, lack of a placebo control, and lack of blinding, which limits the ability to clearly delineate the role of venlafaxine in managing FM.62
Mirtazapine (15 to 45 mg/d) showed a clinically relevant benefit compared with placebo for participant-reported pain relief of ≥30% and sleep disturbances. There was no benefit in terms of participant-reported improvement of quality of life, fatigue, or negative mood.63 The evidence was considered to be of low quality overall.
Headache
Amitriptyline has been employed off-label to address headache prophylaxis since 1964.64 Compared with placebo, it is efficacious in ameliorating migraine frequency and intensity as well as the frequency of tension headache.65,66 However, SSRIs and SNRIs (venlafaxine) failed to produce significant reductions in migraine frequency or severity or the frequencies of tension headache when compared with placebo.67,68
Continue to: Irritable bowel syndrome
Irritable bowel syndrome
Early studies addressing antidepressant efficacy in IBS reveal inconsistencies. For example, whereas some suggest that TCAs are effective in mitigating chronic, severe abdominal pain,39,40 others concluded that TCAs failed to demonstrate a significant analgesic benefit.69 A recent meta-analysis that restricted analysis of efficacy to randomized controlled trials (RCTs) with more rigorous methodological adherence found that pain relief in IBS is possible with both TCAs as well as SSRIs. However, adverse effects were more commonly encountered with TCAs than with SSRIs. Some of the inconsistencies in treatment efficacy reported in early studies may be due to variations in responsiveness of subsets of IBS patients. Specifically, the utility of TCAs appears to be best among patients with diarrheal-type (as opposed to constipation-type) IBS, presumably due to TCAs’ anticholinergic effects, whereas SSRIs may provide more of a benefit for patients with predominantly constipation-type IBS.40,70
Other chronic pain conditions
Antidepressants have been used to assist in the management of several other pain conditions, including oral-facial pain, interstitial cystitis, non-cardiac chest pain, and others. The role of antidepressants for such conditions remains unclear due to limitations in the prevailing empirical work, such as few trials, small sample sizes, variations in outcome measures, and insufficient randomization and blinding.71-76 The interpretation of results from systematic reviews and meta-analyses is limited because of these shortcomings.77 Hence, it has not always been possible to determine whether, and to what extent, patients with such conditions may benefit from antidepressants.
Neuromodulatory effects and efficacy for pain
The interplay of norepinephrine (NE) and serotonin (5-HT) neurotransmitter systems and cellular mechanisms involved in the descending modulation of pain pathways is complex. Experimental animal models of pain modulation suggest that 5-HT can both inhibit as well as promote pain perception by different physiological mechanisms, in contrast to NE, which is predominately inhibitory. While 5-HT in the descending modulating system can inhibit pain transmission ascending to the brain from the periphery, it appears that an intact noradrenergic system is necessary for the inhibitory influences of the serotonergic system to be appreciated.16,78,79 Deficiencies in one or both of these neurotransmitter systems may contribute to hyperactive pain processing, and thereby precipitate or maintain chronic pain.
Pain mitigation may be achieved best by enhancing both neurotransmitters simultaneously, less so by enhancing NE alone, and least by enhancing 5-HT alone.6 The ability to impact pain modulation would, therefore, depend on the degree to which an antidepressant capitalizes on both noradrenergic and serotonergic neurotransmission. Antidepressants commonly employed to manage pain are presented in Table 147,60,68,80-88 according to their primary neurotransmitter effects. Thus, the literature summarized above suggests that antidepressants that influence both NE and 5-HT transmission have greater analgesic effects than antidepressants with more specific effects, such as influencing 5-HT reuptake alone.80-85 It is unsurprising, therefore, that the SSRIs have not been demonstrated to be as consistently analgesic.47,60,68,80,86-88
Similarly, pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic differences within antidepressant classes may influence analgesic effectiveness. Simultaneous effects on NE and 5-HT are achieved at low doses with duloxetine and milnacipran. By contrast, 5-HT effects predominate at low doses for venlafaxine. To achieve pain-mitigating effects, higher doses of venlafaxine generally are required.89 Therefore, inconsistencies across studies regarding the analgesic benefits of venlafaxine may be attributable to variability in dosing; patients treated with lower doses may not have experienced sufficient NE effects to garner positive results.
Continue to: The differences in analgesic efficacy...
The differences in analgesic efficacy among specific TCAs may be understood in a similar fashion. Specifically, tertiary TCAs (imipramine and amitriptyline) inhibit both 5-HT and NE reuptake.6,90 Secondary amines (desipramine and nortriptyline) predominantly impact NE reuptake, possibly accounting for the lesser pain-mitigating benefit achieved with these agents, such as for treating neuropathic pain. Further, in vivo imipramine and amitriptyline are rapidly metabolized to secondary amines that are potent and selective NE reuptake inhibitors. In this way, the secondary amines may substantially lose the ability to modulate pain transmission because of the loss of concurrent 5-HT influences.90
Clinical pearls
The following practical points can help guide clinicians regarding the usefulness of antidepressants for pain management:
- Antidepressants can alleviate symptoms of depression and pain. The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants are possible even among chronic pain patients who are not depressed. Antidepressants may confer benefits for chronic pain patients with depression and other comorbid conditions, such as somatic symptom and related disorders.
- Antidepressants are useful for select chronic pain states. Although the noradrenergic and serotonergic antidepressants (SNRIs and, to some extent, amitriptyline) appear to have efficacy for neuropathic pain and FM, the benefits of SSRIs appear to be less robust. On the other hand, SSRIs and TCAs may have potential benefit for patients with IBS. However, the results of meta-analyses are limited in the ability to provide information about which patients will best respond to which specific antidepressant or how well. Future research directed at identifying characteristics that can predict which patients are likely to benefit from one antidepressant vs another would help inform how best to tailor treatment to individual needs.
- The pain-mitigating effects of antidepressants often emerge early in the course of treatment (often before mood-elevating effects are observed). For example, in the case of amitriptyline, pain relief may be possible for some patients at doses generally lower than those required for mood-elevating effects. To date, there is limited information in the literature to determine what constitutes a sufficient duration of treatment, or when treatment should be modified.
- Failure to reduce pain should raise questions about whether the dose should be increased, an alternative agent should be tried, or combinations with other analgesic agents should be considered. Failure to achieve pain-mitigating effects with one antidepressant does not mean failure with others. Hence, failure to achieve desired effects with one agent might warrant an empirical trial with another agent. Presently, too few double-blind RCTs have been conducted to assess the pain-mitigating effects of other antidepressants (eg, bupropion and newer SNRIs such as desvenlafaxine and levomilnacipran). Meta-analysis of the analgesic effectiveness of these agents or comparisons to the efficacy of other antidepressant classes is, therefore, impossible at this time.
Because many chronic pain states are complex, patients will seldom experience clinically relevant benefit from any one intervention.53 The bigger implication for clinical research is to determine whether there is a sequence or combination of medication use that will provide overall better clinical effectiveness.53 Only limited data are available exploring the utility of combining pharmacologic approaches to address pain.91 For example, preliminary evidence suggests that combinations of complementary strategies, such as duloxetine combined with pregabalin, may result in significantly greater numbers of FM patients achieving ≥30% pain reduction compared with monotherapy with either agent alone or placebo.92
- Antidepressant selection may need to be based on medication-related adverse effect profiles and the potential for drug interactions. These factors are useful to consider in delineating multimodal treatment regimens for chronic pain in light of patients’ comorbidities and co-medication regimen. For example, the adverse effects of TCAs (anticholinergic and alpha-adrenergic influences) limit their utility for treating pain. Some of these effects can be more problematic in select populations, such as older adults or those with orthostatic difficulties, among others. TCAs are contraindicated in patients with closed-angle glaucoma, recent myocardial infarction, cardiac arrhythmias, poorly controlled seizures, or severe benign prostatic hypertrophy. Although the pain-mitigating effects of SNRIs have not been demonstrated to significantly exceed those of TCAs,68,93,94 SNRIs would offer an advantage of greater tolerability of adverse effects and relative safety in patients with comorbid medical conditions that would otherwise preclude TCA use. The adverse effects and common drug interactions associated with antidepressants are summarized in Table 295.
Conclusion
Chronic, nonmalignant pain conditions afflict many patients and significantly impair their ability to function. Because of heightened concerns related to the appropriateness of, and restricting inordinate access to, long-term opioid analgesics, clinicians need to explore the usefulness of co-analgesic agents, such as antidepressants. Significant comorbidities exist between psychiatric disorders and chronic pain, and psychiatrists are uniquely positioned to diagnose and treat psychiatric comorbidities, as well as pain, among their patients, especially since they understand the kinetics and dynamics of antidepressants.
Bottom Line
Antidepressants can alleviate symptoms of depression and pain. Noradrenergic and serotonergic antidepressants appear to have efficacy for pain associated with neuropathy and fibromyalgia, while selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and tricyclic antidepressants may have benefit for patients with irritable bowel syndrome. However, evidence regarding which patients will best respond to which specific antidepressant is limited.
Continue to: Related Resources
Related Resources
- Williams AM, Knox ED. When to prescribe antidepressants to treat comorbid depression and pain disorders. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(1):55-58.
- Maletic V, Demuri B. Chronic pain and depression: treatment of 2 culprits in common. Current Psychiatry. 2016;15(3):41,47-50,52.
Drug Brand Names
Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
Bupropion • Wellbutrin, Zyban
Carisoprodol • Rela, Soma
Cyclobenzaprine • Amrix, Flexeril
Desipramine • Norpramin
Desvenlafaxine • Pristiq
Duloxetine • Cymbalta
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Gabapentin • Horizant, Neurontin
Imipramine • Tofranil
Levomilnacipran • Fetzima
Methadone • Dolophine, Methadose
Milnacipran • Savella
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Nortriptyline • Pamelor
Paroxetine • Paxil
Pregabalin • Lyrica, Lyrica CR
Tapentadol • Nucynta
Tramadol • Ultram
Trazodone • Desyrel, Oleptro
Venlafaxine • Effexor
Warfarin • Coumadin, Jantoven
1. Paoli F, Darcourt G, Cossa P. Preliminary note on the action of imipramine in painful states [in French]. Rev Neurol (Paris). 1960;102:503-504.
2. Fields HL, Heinricher MM, Mason P. Neurotransmitters in nociceptive modulatory circuits. Annu Rev Neurosci. 1991;14:219-245.
3. Hunt SP, Mantyh PW. The molecular dynamics of pain control. Nat Rev Neurosci. 2001;2(2):83-91.
4. Lamont LA, Tranquilli WJ, Grimm KA. Physiology of pain. Vet Clin North Am Small Anim Pract. 2000;30(4):703-728, v.
5. Fields HL, Basbaum AI, Heinricher MM. Central nervous system mechanisms of pain modulation. In: McMahon S, Koltzenburg M, eds. Wall and Melzack’s Textbook of Pain. 5th ed. Burlington, MA: Elsevier Health Sciences; 2005:125-142.
6. Marks DM, Shah MJ, Patkar AA, et al. Serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors for pain control: premise and promise. Curr Neuropharmacol. 2009;7(4):331-336.
7. Baba H, Shimoji K, Yoshimura M. Norepinephrine facilitates inhibitory transmission in substantia gelatinosa of adult rat spinal cord (part 1): effects on axon terminals of GABAergic and glycinergic neurons. Anesthesiology. 2000;92(2):473-484.
8. Carter GT, Sullivan MD. Antidepressants in pain management. Curr Opin Investig Drugs. 2002;3(3):454-458.
9. Kawasaki Y, Kumamoto E, Furue H, et al. Alpha 2 adrenoceptor-mediated presynaptic inhibition of primary afferent glutamatergic transmission in rat substantia gelatinosa neurons. Anesthesiology. 2003;98(3):682-689.
10. McCleane G. Antidepressants as analgesics. CNS Drugs. 2008;22(2):139-156.
11. Ansari A. The efficacy of newer antidepressants in the treatment of chronic pain: a review of current literature. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2000;7(5):257-277.
12. Egbunike IG, Chaffee BJ. Antidepressants in the management of chronic pain syndromes. Pharmacotherapy. 1990;10(4):262-270.
13. Fishbain DA. Evidence-based data on pain relief with antidepressants. Ann Med. 2000;32(5):305-316.
14. Fishbain DA, Detke MJ, Wernicke J, et al. The relationship between antidepressant and analgesic responses: findings from six placebo-controlled trials assessing the efficacy of duloxetine in patients with major depressive disorder. Curr Med Res Opin. 2008;24(11):3105-3115.
15. Harada E, Tokuoka H, Fujikoshi S, et al. Is duloxetine’s effect on painful physical symptoms in depression an indirect result of improvement of depressive symptoms? Pooled analyses of three randomized controlled trials. Pain. 2016;157(3):577-584.
16. Kehoe WA. Antidepressants for chronic pain: selection and dosing considerations. Am J Pain Med. 1993;3(4):161-165.
17. Damush TM, Kroenke K, Bair MJ, et al. Pain self-management training increases self-efficacy, self-management behaviours and pain and depression outcomes. Eur J Pain. 2016;20(2):1070-1078.
18. DeVeaugh-Geiss AM, West SL, Miller WC, et al. The adverse effects of comorbid pain on depression outcomes in primary care patients: results from the ARTIST trial. Pain Medicine. 2010;11(5):732-741.
19. Egloff N, Cámara RJ, von Känel R, et al. Hypersensitivity and hyperalgesia in somatoform pain disorders. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2014;36(3):284-290.
20. Goesling J, Clauw DW, Hassett AL. Pain and depression: an integrative review of neurobiological and psychological factors. Curr Psych Reports. 2013;15(12):421.
21. Kroenke K, Wu J, Bair MJ, et al. Reciprocal relationship between pain and depression: a 12-Month longitudinal analysis in primary care. J Pain. 2011;12(9):964-973.
22. Leo RJ. Chronic pain and comorbid depression. Curr Treat Options Neurol. 2005;7(5):403-412.
23. Bair MJ, Robinson RL, Eckert GJ, et al. Impact of pain on depression treatment response in primary care. Psychosom Med. 2004;66(1):17-22.
24. Karp JF, Scott J, Houck P, et al. Pain predicts longer time to remission during treatment of recurrent depression. J Clin Psychiatry. 2005;66(5):591-597.
25. Kroenke K, Shen J, Oxman TE, et al. Impact of pain on the outcomes of depression treatment: results from the RESPECT trial. Pain. 2008;134(1-2):209-215.
26. Mavandadi S, Ten Have TR, Katz IR, et al. Effect of depression treatment on depressive symptoms in older adulthood: the moderating role of pain. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2007;55(2):202-211.
27. Thielke SM, Fan MY, Sullivan M, et al. Pain limits the effectiveness of collaborative care for depression. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;15(8):699-707.
28. Arnow BA, Hunkeler EM, Blasey CM, et al. Comorbid depression, chronic pain, and disability in primary care. Psychosom Med. 2006;68(2):262-268.
29. Demyttenaere K, Bonnewyn A, Bruffaerts R, et al. Comorbid painful physical symptoms and depression: Prevalence, work loss, and help seeking. J Affect Disord. 2006;92(2-3):185-193.
30. Nakao M, Barsky AJ. Clinical application of somatosensory amplification in psychosomatic medicine. Biopsychosoc Med. 2007;1:17.
31. Perez DL, Barsky AJ, Vago DR, et al. A neural circuit framework for somatosensory amplification in somatoform disorders. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2015;27(1):e40-e50.
32. Fishbain DA, Cutler RB, Rosomoff HL, et al. Do antidepressants have an analgesic effect in psychogenic pain and somatoform pain disorder? A meta-analysis. Psychosom Med. 1998;60(4):503-509.
33. Kleinstäuber M, Witthöft M, Steffanowski A, et al. Pharmacological interventions for somatoform disorders in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(11):CD010628.
34. Collins SL, Moore RA, McQuay HJ, et al. Antidepressants and anticonvulsants for diabetic neuropathy and postherpetic neuralgia: a quantitative systematic review. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2000;20(6):449-458.
35. Saarto T, Wiffen PJ. Antidepressants for neuropathic pain: a Cochrane review. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2010;81(12):1372-1373.
36. Arnold LM, Keck PE, Welge JA. Antidepressant treatment of fibromyalgia. A meta-analysis and review. Psychosomatics. 2000;41(2):104-113.
37. O’Malley PG, Balden E, Tomkins G, et al. Treatment of fibromyalgia with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. J Gen Intern Med. 2000;15(9):659-666.
38. Tomkins GE, Jackson JL, O’Malley PG, et al. Treatment of chronic headache with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. Am J Med. 2001;111(1):54-63.
39. Jackson JL, O’Malley PG, Tomkins G, et al. Treatment of functional gastrointestinal disorders with antidepressant medications: a meta-analysis. Am J Med. 2000;108(1):65-72.
40. Lesbros-Pantoflickova D, Michetti P, Fried M et al. Meta-analysis: the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2004;20(11-12):1253-1269.
41. Centre for Clinical Practice at NICE (UK). Neuropathic pain: the pharmacological management of neuropathic pain in adults in non-specialist settings. London, UK: National Institute for Health and Care Excellence, (UK); 2013.
42. O’Connor AB, Dworkin RH. Treatment of neuropathic pain: an overview of recent guidelines. Am J Med. 2009;122(suppl 10):S22-S32.
43. Moulin D, Boulanger A, Clark AJ, et al; Canadian Pain Society. Pharmacological management of chronic neuropathic pain: revised consensus statement from the Canadian Pain Society. Pain Res Manag. 2014;19(6):328-35.
44. Mu A, Weinberg E, Moulin DE, et al. Pharmacologic management of chronic neuropathic pain: Review of the Canadian Pain Society consensus statement. Can Fam Physician. 2017;63(11):844-852.
45. Finnerup NB, Otto M, McQuay HJ, et al. Algorithm for neuropathic pain treatment: an evidence based proposal. Pain. 2005;118(3):289-305.
46. Hempenstall K, Nurmikko TJ, Johnson RW, et al. Analgesic therapy in postherpetic neuralgia: a quantitative systematic review. PLoS Med. 2005;2(7):e164.
47. Sindrup SH, Jensen TS. Efficacy of pharmacological treatments of neuropathic pain: an update and effect related to mechanism of drug action. Pain. 1999;83(3):389-400.
48. Wu CL, Raja SN. An update on the treatment of postherpetic neuralgia. J Pain. 2008;9(suppl 1):S19-S30.
49. Kroenke K, Krebs EE, Bair MJ. Pharmacotherapy of chronic pain: a synthesis of recommendations from systematic reviews. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2009;31(3):206-219.
50. Hearn L, Moore RA, Derry S, et al. Desipramine for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(9):CD011003.
51. Hearn L, Derry S, Phillips T, et al. Imipramine for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(5):CD010769.
52. Derry S, Wiffen PJ, Aldington D, et al. Nortriptyline for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;1:CD011209.
53. Moore R, Derry S, Aldington D, et al. Amitriptyline for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(7):CD008242.
54. Lunn MP, Hughes RA, Wiffen PJ. Duloxetine for treating painful neuropathy, chronic pain or fibromyalgia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(1):CD007115.
55. Gallagher HC, Gallagher RM, Butler M, et al. Venlafaxine for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(8):CD011091.
56. Alviar MJ, Hale T, Dungca M. Pharmacologic interventions for treating phantom limb pain. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;10:CD006380.
57. Dinat N, Marinda E, Moch S, et al. Randomized, Double-Blind, Crossover Trial of Amitriptyline for Analgesia in Painful HIV-Associated Sensory Neuropathy. PLoS One. 2015;10(5):e0126297. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0126297.eCollection 2015.
58. Mehta S, McIntyre A, Janzen S, et al; Spinal Cord Injury Rehabilitation Evidence Team. Systematic review of pharmacologic treatments of pain after spinal cord injury: an update. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2016;97(8):1381-1391.e1.
59. Moore RA, Derry S, Aldington D, et al. Amitriptyline for neuropathic pain and fibromyalgia in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;(12):CD008242..
60. Walitt B, Urrútia G, Nishishinya MB, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for fibromyalgia syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(6):CD011735.
61. Welsch P, Üçeyler N, Klose P, et al. Serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) for fibromyalgia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;(2):CD010292.
62. VanderWeide LA, Smith SM, Trinkley KE. A systematic review of the efficacy of venlafaxine for the treatment of fibromyalgia. J Clin Pharm Ther. 2015;40(1):1-6.
63. Welsch P, Bernardy K, Derry S, et al. Mirtazapine for fibromyalgia in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;(8):CD012708.
64. Lance JW, Curran DA. Treatment of chronic tension headache. Lancet. 1964;283(7345):1236-1239.
65. Jackson JL, William S, Laura S, et al. Tricyclic antidepressants and headaches: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2010;341:c5222. doi: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.c5222
66. Xu XM, Liu Y, Dong MX, et al. Tricyclic antidepressants for preventing migraine in adults. Medicine. 2017;96(22):e6989. doi: 10.1097/MD.0000000000006989.
67. Banzi R, Cusi C, Randazzo C, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) for the prevention of migraine in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(4):CD002919.
68. Banzi R, Cusi C, Randazzo C, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) for the prevention of tension-type headache in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(5):CD011681.
69. Quartero AO, Meineche-Schmidt V, Muris J, et al. Bulking agents, antispasmodic and antidepressant medication for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2005;(2):CD003460.
70. Ford AC, Talley NJ, Schoenfeld PS, et al. Efficacy of antidepressants and psychological therapies in irritable bowel syndrome: systematic review and meta-analysis. Gut. 2009;58(3):367-378.
71. Coss-Adame E, Erdogan A, Rao SS. Treatment of esophageal (noncardiac) chest pain: an expert review. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014;12(8):1224-1245.
72. Kelada E, Jones A. Interstitial cystitis. Arch Gynecol Obstet. 2007;275(4):223-229.
73. Leo RJ, Dewani S. A systematic review of the utility of antidepressant pharmacotherapy in the treatment of vulvodynia pain. J Sex Med. 2013;10(10):2497-2505.
74. McMillan R, Forssell H, Buchanan JA, et al. Interventions for treating burning mouth syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;11:CD002779.
75. Patel DN. Inconclusive results of a systematic review of efficacy of antidepressants on orofacial pain disorders. Evid Based Dent. 2013;14(2):55-56.
76. Wang W, Sun YH, Wang YY, et al. Treatment of functional chest pain with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. Pain Physician. 2012;15(2):E131-E142.
77. Lavis JN. How can we support the use of systematic reviews in policymaking? PLoS Med. 2009;6(11):e1000141. doi: 10.1371/journal.pmed.1000141.
78. Sorkin L. Nociceptive transmission within the spinal cord. Mt Sinai J Med. 1991;58(3):208-216.
79. Yokogawa F, Kiuchi Y, Ishikawa Y, et al. An investigation of monoamine receptors involved in antinociceptive effects of antidepressants. Anesth Analg. 2002;95(1):163-168, table of contents.
80. Lynch ME. Antidepressants as analgesics: a review of randomized controlled trials. J Psychiatry Neurosci. 2001;26(1):30-36.
81. Max MB. Treatment of post-herpetic neuralgia: antidepressants. Ann Neurol. 1994;35(suppl):S50-S53.
82. Max MB, Lynch SA, Muir J, et al. Effects of desipramine, amitriptyline, and fluoxetine on pain in diabetic neuropathy. N Engl J Med. 1992;326(19):1250-1256.
83. McQuay HJ, Tramèr M, Nye BA, et al. A systematic review of antidepressants in neuropathic pain. Pain. 1996;68(2-3):217-227.
84. Mochizucki D. Serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors in animal models of pain. Hum Psychopharmacol Clin Exp. 2004;19(suppl 1):15-19.
85. Sussman N. SNRIs versus SSRIs: mechanisms of action in treating depression and painful physical symptoms. Primary Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2003;5(suppl 7):19-26.
86. Bundeff AW, Woodis CB. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. Ann Pharmacother. 2014;48(6):777-784.
87. Jung AC, Staiger T, Sullivan M. The efficacy of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for the management of chronic pain. J Gen Intern Med. 1997;12(6):384-389.
88. Xie C, Tang Y, Wang Y, et al. Efficacy and safety of antidepressants for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome: a meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2015;10(8):e0127815. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0127815. eCollection 2015.
89. Zijlstra TR , Barendregt PJ , van de Laar MA. Venlafaxine in fibromyalgia: results of a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind trial. Arthritis Rheum. 2002;46(suppl 9):S105.
90. Bymaster FP, Dreshfield-Ahmad LJ, Threlkeld PG. Comparative affinity of duloxetine and venlafaxine for serotonin and norepinephrine transporters in vitro and in vivo, human serotonin receptor subtypes, and other neuronal receptors. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2001;25(6):871-880.
91. Thorpe J, Shum B, Moore RA, et al. Combination pharmacotherapy for the treatment of fibromyalgia in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;(2):CD010585.
92. Gilron I, Chaparro LE, Tu D, et al. Combination of pregabalin with duloxetine for fibromyalgia: a randomized controlled trial. Pain. 2016;157(7):1532-1540.
93. Häuser W, Petzke F, Üçeyler N, et al. Comparative efficacy and acceptability of amitriptyline, duloxetine and milnacipran in fibromyalgia syndrome: a systematic review with meta-analysis. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2011;50(3):532-543.
94. Hossain SM, Hussain SM, Ekram AR. Duloxetine in painful diabetic neuropathy: a systematic review. Clin J Pain. 2016;32(11):1005-1010.
95. Riediger C, Schuster T, Barlinn K, et al. Adverse effects of antidepressants for chronic pain: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Front Neurol. 2017;8:307.
1. Paoli F, Darcourt G, Cossa P. Preliminary note on the action of imipramine in painful states [in French]. Rev Neurol (Paris). 1960;102:503-504.
2. Fields HL, Heinricher MM, Mason P. Neurotransmitters in nociceptive modulatory circuits. Annu Rev Neurosci. 1991;14:219-245.
3. Hunt SP, Mantyh PW. The molecular dynamics of pain control. Nat Rev Neurosci. 2001;2(2):83-91.
4. Lamont LA, Tranquilli WJ, Grimm KA. Physiology of pain. Vet Clin North Am Small Anim Pract. 2000;30(4):703-728, v.
5. Fields HL, Basbaum AI, Heinricher MM. Central nervous system mechanisms of pain modulation. In: McMahon S, Koltzenburg M, eds. Wall and Melzack’s Textbook of Pain. 5th ed. Burlington, MA: Elsevier Health Sciences; 2005:125-142.
6. Marks DM, Shah MJ, Patkar AA, et al. Serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors for pain control: premise and promise. Curr Neuropharmacol. 2009;7(4):331-336.
7. Baba H, Shimoji K, Yoshimura M. Norepinephrine facilitates inhibitory transmission in substantia gelatinosa of adult rat spinal cord (part 1): effects on axon terminals of GABAergic and glycinergic neurons. Anesthesiology. 2000;92(2):473-484.
8. Carter GT, Sullivan MD. Antidepressants in pain management. Curr Opin Investig Drugs. 2002;3(3):454-458.
9. Kawasaki Y, Kumamoto E, Furue H, et al. Alpha 2 adrenoceptor-mediated presynaptic inhibition of primary afferent glutamatergic transmission in rat substantia gelatinosa neurons. Anesthesiology. 2003;98(3):682-689.
10. McCleane G. Antidepressants as analgesics. CNS Drugs. 2008;22(2):139-156.
11. Ansari A. The efficacy of newer antidepressants in the treatment of chronic pain: a review of current literature. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2000;7(5):257-277.
12. Egbunike IG, Chaffee BJ. Antidepressants in the management of chronic pain syndromes. Pharmacotherapy. 1990;10(4):262-270.
13. Fishbain DA. Evidence-based data on pain relief with antidepressants. Ann Med. 2000;32(5):305-316.
14. Fishbain DA, Detke MJ, Wernicke J, et al. The relationship between antidepressant and analgesic responses: findings from six placebo-controlled trials assessing the efficacy of duloxetine in patients with major depressive disorder. Curr Med Res Opin. 2008;24(11):3105-3115.
15. Harada E, Tokuoka H, Fujikoshi S, et al. Is duloxetine’s effect on painful physical symptoms in depression an indirect result of improvement of depressive symptoms? Pooled analyses of three randomized controlled trials. Pain. 2016;157(3):577-584.
16. Kehoe WA. Antidepressants for chronic pain: selection and dosing considerations. Am J Pain Med. 1993;3(4):161-165.
17. Damush TM, Kroenke K, Bair MJ, et al. Pain self-management training increases self-efficacy, self-management behaviours and pain and depression outcomes. Eur J Pain. 2016;20(2):1070-1078.
18. DeVeaugh-Geiss AM, West SL, Miller WC, et al. The adverse effects of comorbid pain on depression outcomes in primary care patients: results from the ARTIST trial. Pain Medicine. 2010;11(5):732-741.
19. Egloff N, Cámara RJ, von Känel R, et al. Hypersensitivity and hyperalgesia in somatoform pain disorders. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2014;36(3):284-290.
20. Goesling J, Clauw DW, Hassett AL. Pain and depression: an integrative review of neurobiological and psychological factors. Curr Psych Reports. 2013;15(12):421.
21. Kroenke K, Wu J, Bair MJ, et al. Reciprocal relationship between pain and depression: a 12-Month longitudinal analysis in primary care. J Pain. 2011;12(9):964-973.
22. Leo RJ. Chronic pain and comorbid depression. Curr Treat Options Neurol. 2005;7(5):403-412.
23. Bair MJ, Robinson RL, Eckert GJ, et al. Impact of pain on depression treatment response in primary care. Psychosom Med. 2004;66(1):17-22.
24. Karp JF, Scott J, Houck P, et al. Pain predicts longer time to remission during treatment of recurrent depression. J Clin Psychiatry. 2005;66(5):591-597.
25. Kroenke K, Shen J, Oxman TE, et al. Impact of pain on the outcomes of depression treatment: results from the RESPECT trial. Pain. 2008;134(1-2):209-215.
26. Mavandadi S, Ten Have TR, Katz IR, et al. Effect of depression treatment on depressive symptoms in older adulthood: the moderating role of pain. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2007;55(2):202-211.
27. Thielke SM, Fan MY, Sullivan M, et al. Pain limits the effectiveness of collaborative care for depression. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;15(8):699-707.
28. Arnow BA, Hunkeler EM, Blasey CM, et al. Comorbid depression, chronic pain, and disability in primary care. Psychosom Med. 2006;68(2):262-268.
29. Demyttenaere K, Bonnewyn A, Bruffaerts R, et al. Comorbid painful physical symptoms and depression: Prevalence, work loss, and help seeking. J Affect Disord. 2006;92(2-3):185-193.
30. Nakao M, Barsky AJ. Clinical application of somatosensory amplification in psychosomatic medicine. Biopsychosoc Med. 2007;1:17.
31. Perez DL, Barsky AJ, Vago DR, et al. A neural circuit framework for somatosensory amplification in somatoform disorders. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2015;27(1):e40-e50.
32. Fishbain DA, Cutler RB, Rosomoff HL, et al. Do antidepressants have an analgesic effect in psychogenic pain and somatoform pain disorder? A meta-analysis. Psychosom Med. 1998;60(4):503-509.
33. Kleinstäuber M, Witthöft M, Steffanowski A, et al. Pharmacological interventions for somatoform disorders in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(11):CD010628.
34. Collins SL, Moore RA, McQuay HJ, et al. Antidepressants and anticonvulsants for diabetic neuropathy and postherpetic neuralgia: a quantitative systematic review. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2000;20(6):449-458.
35. Saarto T, Wiffen PJ. Antidepressants for neuropathic pain: a Cochrane review. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2010;81(12):1372-1373.
36. Arnold LM, Keck PE, Welge JA. Antidepressant treatment of fibromyalgia. A meta-analysis and review. Psychosomatics. 2000;41(2):104-113.
37. O’Malley PG, Balden E, Tomkins G, et al. Treatment of fibromyalgia with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. J Gen Intern Med. 2000;15(9):659-666.
38. Tomkins GE, Jackson JL, O’Malley PG, et al. Treatment of chronic headache with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. Am J Med. 2001;111(1):54-63.
39. Jackson JL, O’Malley PG, Tomkins G, et al. Treatment of functional gastrointestinal disorders with antidepressant medications: a meta-analysis. Am J Med. 2000;108(1):65-72.
40. Lesbros-Pantoflickova D, Michetti P, Fried M et al. Meta-analysis: the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2004;20(11-12):1253-1269.
41. Centre for Clinical Practice at NICE (UK). Neuropathic pain: the pharmacological management of neuropathic pain in adults in non-specialist settings. London, UK: National Institute for Health and Care Excellence, (UK); 2013.
42. O’Connor AB, Dworkin RH. Treatment of neuropathic pain: an overview of recent guidelines. Am J Med. 2009;122(suppl 10):S22-S32.
43. Moulin D, Boulanger A, Clark AJ, et al; Canadian Pain Society. Pharmacological management of chronic neuropathic pain: revised consensus statement from the Canadian Pain Society. Pain Res Manag. 2014;19(6):328-35.
44. Mu A, Weinberg E, Moulin DE, et al. Pharmacologic management of chronic neuropathic pain: Review of the Canadian Pain Society consensus statement. Can Fam Physician. 2017;63(11):844-852.
45. Finnerup NB, Otto M, McQuay HJ, et al. Algorithm for neuropathic pain treatment: an evidence based proposal. Pain. 2005;118(3):289-305.
46. Hempenstall K, Nurmikko TJ, Johnson RW, et al. Analgesic therapy in postherpetic neuralgia: a quantitative systematic review. PLoS Med. 2005;2(7):e164.
47. Sindrup SH, Jensen TS. Efficacy of pharmacological treatments of neuropathic pain: an update and effect related to mechanism of drug action. Pain. 1999;83(3):389-400.
48. Wu CL, Raja SN. An update on the treatment of postherpetic neuralgia. J Pain. 2008;9(suppl 1):S19-S30.
49. Kroenke K, Krebs EE, Bair MJ. Pharmacotherapy of chronic pain: a synthesis of recommendations from systematic reviews. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2009;31(3):206-219.
50. Hearn L, Moore RA, Derry S, et al. Desipramine for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(9):CD011003.
51. Hearn L, Derry S, Phillips T, et al. Imipramine for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(5):CD010769.
52. Derry S, Wiffen PJ, Aldington D, et al. Nortriptyline for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;1:CD011209.
53. Moore R, Derry S, Aldington D, et al. Amitriptyline for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(7):CD008242.
54. Lunn MP, Hughes RA, Wiffen PJ. Duloxetine for treating painful neuropathy, chronic pain or fibromyalgia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(1):CD007115.
55. Gallagher HC, Gallagher RM, Butler M, et al. Venlafaxine for neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(8):CD011091.
56. Alviar MJ, Hale T, Dungca M. Pharmacologic interventions for treating phantom limb pain. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;10:CD006380.
57. Dinat N, Marinda E, Moch S, et al. Randomized, Double-Blind, Crossover Trial of Amitriptyline for Analgesia in Painful HIV-Associated Sensory Neuropathy. PLoS One. 2015;10(5):e0126297. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0126297.eCollection 2015.
58. Mehta S, McIntyre A, Janzen S, et al; Spinal Cord Injury Rehabilitation Evidence Team. Systematic review of pharmacologic treatments of pain after spinal cord injury: an update. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2016;97(8):1381-1391.e1.
59. Moore RA, Derry S, Aldington D, et al. Amitriptyline for neuropathic pain and fibromyalgia in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;(12):CD008242..
60. Walitt B, Urrútia G, Nishishinya MB, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for fibromyalgia syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(6):CD011735.
61. Welsch P, Üçeyler N, Klose P, et al. Serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) for fibromyalgia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;(2):CD010292.
62. VanderWeide LA, Smith SM, Trinkley KE. A systematic review of the efficacy of venlafaxine for the treatment of fibromyalgia. J Clin Pharm Ther. 2015;40(1):1-6.
63. Welsch P, Bernardy K, Derry S, et al. Mirtazapine for fibromyalgia in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;(8):CD012708.
64. Lance JW, Curran DA. Treatment of chronic tension headache. Lancet. 1964;283(7345):1236-1239.
65. Jackson JL, William S, Laura S, et al. Tricyclic antidepressants and headaches: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2010;341:c5222. doi: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.c5222
66. Xu XM, Liu Y, Dong MX, et al. Tricyclic antidepressants for preventing migraine in adults. Medicine. 2017;96(22):e6989. doi: 10.1097/MD.0000000000006989.
67. Banzi R, Cusi C, Randazzo C, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) for the prevention of migraine in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(4):CD002919.
68. Banzi R, Cusi C, Randazzo C, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) for the prevention of tension-type headache in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(5):CD011681.
69. Quartero AO, Meineche-Schmidt V, Muris J, et al. Bulking agents, antispasmodic and antidepressant medication for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2005;(2):CD003460.
70. Ford AC, Talley NJ, Schoenfeld PS, et al. Efficacy of antidepressants and psychological therapies in irritable bowel syndrome: systematic review and meta-analysis. Gut. 2009;58(3):367-378.
71. Coss-Adame E, Erdogan A, Rao SS. Treatment of esophageal (noncardiac) chest pain: an expert review. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014;12(8):1224-1245.
72. Kelada E, Jones A. Interstitial cystitis. Arch Gynecol Obstet. 2007;275(4):223-229.
73. Leo RJ, Dewani S. A systematic review of the utility of antidepressant pharmacotherapy in the treatment of vulvodynia pain. J Sex Med. 2013;10(10):2497-2505.
74. McMillan R, Forssell H, Buchanan JA, et al. Interventions for treating burning mouth syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;11:CD002779.
75. Patel DN. Inconclusive results of a systematic review of efficacy of antidepressants on orofacial pain disorders. Evid Based Dent. 2013;14(2):55-56.
76. Wang W, Sun YH, Wang YY, et al. Treatment of functional chest pain with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. Pain Physician. 2012;15(2):E131-E142.
77. Lavis JN. How can we support the use of systematic reviews in policymaking? PLoS Med. 2009;6(11):e1000141. doi: 10.1371/journal.pmed.1000141.
78. Sorkin L. Nociceptive transmission within the spinal cord. Mt Sinai J Med. 1991;58(3):208-216.
79. Yokogawa F, Kiuchi Y, Ishikawa Y, et al. An investigation of monoamine receptors involved in antinociceptive effects of antidepressants. Anesth Analg. 2002;95(1):163-168, table of contents.
80. Lynch ME. Antidepressants as analgesics: a review of randomized controlled trials. J Psychiatry Neurosci. 2001;26(1):30-36.
81. Max MB. Treatment of post-herpetic neuralgia: antidepressants. Ann Neurol. 1994;35(suppl):S50-S53.
82. Max MB, Lynch SA, Muir J, et al. Effects of desipramine, amitriptyline, and fluoxetine on pain in diabetic neuropathy. N Engl J Med. 1992;326(19):1250-1256.
83. McQuay HJ, Tramèr M, Nye BA, et al. A systematic review of antidepressants in neuropathic pain. Pain. 1996;68(2-3):217-227.
84. Mochizucki D. Serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors in animal models of pain. Hum Psychopharmacol Clin Exp. 2004;19(suppl 1):15-19.
85. Sussman N. SNRIs versus SSRIs: mechanisms of action in treating depression and painful physical symptoms. Primary Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2003;5(suppl 7):19-26.
86. Bundeff AW, Woodis CB. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. Ann Pharmacother. 2014;48(6):777-784.
87. Jung AC, Staiger T, Sullivan M. The efficacy of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for the management of chronic pain. J Gen Intern Med. 1997;12(6):384-389.
88. Xie C, Tang Y, Wang Y, et al. Efficacy and safety of antidepressants for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome: a meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2015;10(8):e0127815. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0127815. eCollection 2015.
89. Zijlstra TR , Barendregt PJ , van de Laar MA. Venlafaxine in fibromyalgia: results of a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind trial. Arthritis Rheum. 2002;46(suppl 9):S105.
90. Bymaster FP, Dreshfield-Ahmad LJ, Threlkeld PG. Comparative affinity of duloxetine and venlafaxine for serotonin and norepinephrine transporters in vitro and in vivo, human serotonin receptor subtypes, and other neuronal receptors. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2001;25(6):871-880.
91. Thorpe J, Shum B, Moore RA, et al. Combination pharmacotherapy for the treatment of fibromyalgia in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;(2):CD010585.
92. Gilron I, Chaparro LE, Tu D, et al. Combination of pregabalin with duloxetine for fibromyalgia: a randomized controlled trial. Pain. 2016;157(7):1532-1540.
93. Häuser W, Petzke F, Üçeyler N, et al. Comparative efficacy and acceptability of amitriptyline, duloxetine and milnacipran in fibromyalgia syndrome: a systematic review with meta-analysis. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2011;50(3):532-543.
94. Hossain SM, Hussain SM, Ekram AR. Duloxetine in painful diabetic neuropathy: a systematic review. Clin J Pain. 2016;32(11):1005-1010.
95. Riediger C, Schuster T, Barlinn K, et al. Adverse effects of antidepressants for chronic pain: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Front Neurol. 2017;8:307.
The gift of misery
On the first day of my psychiatry clerkship, I sat at a table with another student, 2 residents, and our attending physician. This wasn’t my first clinical rotation, but it was my first formal exposure to psychiatry, and I was excited and a bit anxious because I was considering psychiatry as an area of specialty training for myself. I’d been assigned 1 patient that morning: a 42-year-old man admitted for alcohol withdrawal. Our team, the psychiatry consultation-liaison team, was asked to evaluate the patient’s depressed mood in the context of withdrawal. As I began to present the patient’s story, I spoke of how terrible this man’s life had been, and how depressed he had recently become; this depression, I said, was likely exacerbated by alcohol use, but he was dealing with his depression by drinking more. He now wanted to quit for good. My attending, whom I had just met, interrupted me: “Misery,” she said with an intense look, “is a gift to an addicted person.”
I have ruminated on those surprising words ever since, and in that time I have begun to understand something about misery through the eyes of my patients. Sick people often are miserable; physical ailments can wreck hopes and plans and suck the joy from seemingly everything. Individuals who are ill or in pain often are suffering psychologically as well as physically. This suffering has been especially apparent to me in patients withdrawing from addictive substances: alcohol, cocaine, heroin, nicotine. I have been begged, cursed, praised, thanked, and more based on my ability or inability to relieve someone’s suffering caused by the lack of a certain substance: Please, just one cigarette. Please, something for this pain. Please, something to drink. As a medical student, I did one of 2 things: stood there helpless, or promised I would do the best I could, knowing my resident or attending would likely tell them no.
Withdrawal from addictive substances is, unsurprisingly, not pleasant. Alcohol withdrawal is one of the few that can be fatal, due to its ability to cause autonomic instability and seizures. Withdrawing from alcohol is also unpleasant due to hallucinosis and tremors, on top of the very real cravings for the substance itself. My patient knew this; he had withdrawn from alcohol in the past. As he talked to me, though, it became clear he had finally decided this was the end. In the past, others encouraged him to stop drinking; this time he was doing it for himself. His life had become so dismal that he was willing to undergo the agony of withdrawal to be free from his addiction.
Was his suffering, then, his misery, a gift? As I came to know my attending better, I also came to understand what these jarring words meant to her. They were her version of the old adage: It’s only when you hit rock bottom that you can start climbing back out. It isn’t the misery of withdrawing, but the misery inflicted by the substance that might provide an unexpected opportunity to start fixing things. For my patient, this particular trip to the hospital—which happened to intersect in space and time with me, a third-year medical student keen to learn and to help—was rock bottom, and he knew it. His life had been destroyed by his addiction, and here, at this intersection, the destruction was so great that he was finally willing to make a change for the better.
It is counterintuitive to think of misery as a gift, but then again, this patient—and more broadly, all patients whose lives are tormented by addiction and substance abuse—are often on the receiving end of counterintuitive advice, and it is frequently the only way to enact lasting change. Consider, for example, Alcoholics’ Anonymous, which works for far more individuals than one might expect. It does not seem possible that a small group without formal training could keep people sober simply by talking openly about their struggles; yet every day throughout the world, it does just that.
Patients struggling with addiction—labeled as addicts and drug-seekers by most of the world—are often written off as “difficult patients.” Perhaps because of my inexperience, I didn’t see this man as difficult, or as just another case of alcohol withdrawal. Although it may often be easier to define someone by his or her disease, I believe in choosing to see the human underneath the label. To me, these patients are not difficult; they are broken and miserable, and they desperately need help. Knowing this, I am forced to consider just how bad things have gotten for them, and how hard it must be to make a change. Their brokenness may be an opportunity to start down a new path, but only if we extend that invitation. Such an invitation may be the first step to turning genuine misery into a gift.
When I’m asked why I have chosen psychiatry, willingly entering such a “difficult field,” I think about my experience on that consult service and this patient. I know that I’m still just beginning my journey, and that even more difficult moments and patients lie ahead. But difficulty depends on one’s perspective; certainly that patient, trying to free himself from addiction’s grasp, was “going through a difficult time.” This is of course a platitude; the word “misery” gets much closer to the truth. I usually answer with some variation of the following: Medicine, especially psychiatry, is about caring for those who need it most: hurting, vulnera
On the first day of my psychiatry clerkship, I sat at a table with another student, 2 residents, and our attending physician. This wasn’t my first clinical rotation, but it was my first formal exposure to psychiatry, and I was excited and a bit anxious because I was considering psychiatry as an area of specialty training for myself. I’d been assigned 1 patient that morning: a 42-year-old man admitted for alcohol withdrawal. Our team, the psychiatry consultation-liaison team, was asked to evaluate the patient’s depressed mood in the context of withdrawal. As I began to present the patient’s story, I spoke of how terrible this man’s life had been, and how depressed he had recently become; this depression, I said, was likely exacerbated by alcohol use, but he was dealing with his depression by drinking more. He now wanted to quit for good. My attending, whom I had just met, interrupted me: “Misery,” she said with an intense look, “is a gift to an addicted person.”
I have ruminated on those surprising words ever since, and in that time I have begun to understand something about misery through the eyes of my patients. Sick people often are miserable; physical ailments can wreck hopes and plans and suck the joy from seemingly everything. Individuals who are ill or in pain often are suffering psychologically as well as physically. This suffering has been especially apparent to me in patients withdrawing from addictive substances: alcohol, cocaine, heroin, nicotine. I have been begged, cursed, praised, thanked, and more based on my ability or inability to relieve someone’s suffering caused by the lack of a certain substance: Please, just one cigarette. Please, something for this pain. Please, something to drink. As a medical student, I did one of 2 things: stood there helpless, or promised I would do the best I could, knowing my resident or attending would likely tell them no.
Withdrawal from addictive substances is, unsurprisingly, not pleasant. Alcohol withdrawal is one of the few that can be fatal, due to its ability to cause autonomic instability and seizures. Withdrawing from alcohol is also unpleasant due to hallucinosis and tremors, on top of the very real cravings for the substance itself. My patient knew this; he had withdrawn from alcohol in the past. As he talked to me, though, it became clear he had finally decided this was the end. In the past, others encouraged him to stop drinking; this time he was doing it for himself. His life had become so dismal that he was willing to undergo the agony of withdrawal to be free from his addiction.
Was his suffering, then, his misery, a gift? As I came to know my attending better, I also came to understand what these jarring words meant to her. They were her version of the old adage: It’s only when you hit rock bottom that you can start climbing back out. It isn’t the misery of withdrawing, but the misery inflicted by the substance that might provide an unexpected opportunity to start fixing things. For my patient, this particular trip to the hospital—which happened to intersect in space and time with me, a third-year medical student keen to learn and to help—was rock bottom, and he knew it. His life had been destroyed by his addiction, and here, at this intersection, the destruction was so great that he was finally willing to make a change for the better.
It is counterintuitive to think of misery as a gift, but then again, this patient—and more broadly, all patients whose lives are tormented by addiction and substance abuse—are often on the receiving end of counterintuitive advice, and it is frequently the only way to enact lasting change. Consider, for example, Alcoholics’ Anonymous, which works for far more individuals than one might expect. It does not seem possible that a small group without formal training could keep people sober simply by talking openly about their struggles; yet every day throughout the world, it does just that.
Patients struggling with addiction—labeled as addicts and drug-seekers by most of the world—are often written off as “difficult patients.” Perhaps because of my inexperience, I didn’t see this man as difficult, or as just another case of alcohol withdrawal. Although it may often be easier to define someone by his or her disease, I believe in choosing to see the human underneath the label. To me, these patients are not difficult; they are broken and miserable, and they desperately need help. Knowing this, I am forced to consider just how bad things have gotten for them, and how hard it must be to make a change. Their brokenness may be an opportunity to start down a new path, but only if we extend that invitation. Such an invitation may be the first step to turning genuine misery into a gift.
When I’m asked why I have chosen psychiatry, willingly entering such a “difficult field,” I think about my experience on that consult service and this patient. I know that I’m still just beginning my journey, and that even more difficult moments and patients lie ahead. But difficulty depends on one’s perspective; certainly that patient, trying to free himself from addiction’s grasp, was “going through a difficult time.” This is of course a platitude; the word “misery” gets much closer to the truth. I usually answer with some variation of the following: Medicine, especially psychiatry, is about caring for those who need it most: hurting, vulnera
On the first day of my psychiatry clerkship, I sat at a table with another student, 2 residents, and our attending physician. This wasn’t my first clinical rotation, but it was my first formal exposure to psychiatry, and I was excited and a bit anxious because I was considering psychiatry as an area of specialty training for myself. I’d been assigned 1 patient that morning: a 42-year-old man admitted for alcohol withdrawal. Our team, the psychiatry consultation-liaison team, was asked to evaluate the patient’s depressed mood in the context of withdrawal. As I began to present the patient’s story, I spoke of how terrible this man’s life had been, and how depressed he had recently become; this depression, I said, was likely exacerbated by alcohol use, but he was dealing with his depression by drinking more. He now wanted to quit for good. My attending, whom I had just met, interrupted me: “Misery,” she said with an intense look, “is a gift to an addicted person.”
I have ruminated on those surprising words ever since, and in that time I have begun to understand something about misery through the eyes of my patients. Sick people often are miserable; physical ailments can wreck hopes and plans and suck the joy from seemingly everything. Individuals who are ill or in pain often are suffering psychologically as well as physically. This suffering has been especially apparent to me in patients withdrawing from addictive substances: alcohol, cocaine, heroin, nicotine. I have been begged, cursed, praised, thanked, and more based on my ability or inability to relieve someone’s suffering caused by the lack of a certain substance: Please, just one cigarette. Please, something for this pain. Please, something to drink. As a medical student, I did one of 2 things: stood there helpless, or promised I would do the best I could, knowing my resident or attending would likely tell them no.
Withdrawal from addictive substances is, unsurprisingly, not pleasant. Alcohol withdrawal is one of the few that can be fatal, due to its ability to cause autonomic instability and seizures. Withdrawing from alcohol is also unpleasant due to hallucinosis and tremors, on top of the very real cravings for the substance itself. My patient knew this; he had withdrawn from alcohol in the past. As he talked to me, though, it became clear he had finally decided this was the end. In the past, others encouraged him to stop drinking; this time he was doing it for himself. His life had become so dismal that he was willing to undergo the agony of withdrawal to be free from his addiction.
Was his suffering, then, his misery, a gift? As I came to know my attending better, I also came to understand what these jarring words meant to her. They were her version of the old adage: It’s only when you hit rock bottom that you can start climbing back out. It isn’t the misery of withdrawing, but the misery inflicted by the substance that might provide an unexpected opportunity to start fixing things. For my patient, this particular trip to the hospital—which happened to intersect in space and time with me, a third-year medical student keen to learn and to help—was rock bottom, and he knew it. His life had been destroyed by his addiction, and here, at this intersection, the destruction was so great that he was finally willing to make a change for the better.
It is counterintuitive to think of misery as a gift, but then again, this patient—and more broadly, all patients whose lives are tormented by addiction and substance abuse—are often on the receiving end of counterintuitive advice, and it is frequently the only way to enact lasting change. Consider, for example, Alcoholics’ Anonymous, which works for far more individuals than one might expect. It does not seem possible that a small group without formal training could keep people sober simply by talking openly about their struggles; yet every day throughout the world, it does just that.
Patients struggling with addiction—labeled as addicts and drug-seekers by most of the world—are often written off as “difficult patients.” Perhaps because of my inexperience, I didn’t see this man as difficult, or as just another case of alcohol withdrawal. Although it may often be easier to define someone by his or her disease, I believe in choosing to see the human underneath the label. To me, these patients are not difficult; they are broken and miserable, and they desperately need help. Knowing this, I am forced to consider just how bad things have gotten for them, and how hard it must be to make a change. Their brokenness may be an opportunity to start down a new path, but only if we extend that invitation. Such an invitation may be the first step to turning genuine misery into a gift.
When I’m asked why I have chosen psychiatry, willingly entering such a “difficult field,” I think about my experience on that consult service and this patient. I know that I’m still just beginning my journey, and that even more difficult moments and patients lie ahead. But difficulty depends on one’s perspective; certainly that patient, trying to free himself from addiction’s grasp, was “going through a difficult time.” This is of course a platitude; the word “misery” gets much closer to the truth. I usually answer with some variation of the following: Medicine, especially psychiatry, is about caring for those who need it most: hurting, vulnera
Working the night shift? Strategies for improving sleep and performance
Our 24-hour society has made night shift work essential to people in many professions, including medical specialties. Working nights disrupts homeostatic and circadian rhythms, which leads to an accumulation of sleep debt (ie, the cumulative effect of not getting enough sleep).1 This debt can affect performance by impairing processing speed, concentration, mood, and physical health.1 Night shift work takes place during the period of the sleep-wake cycle that is programmed for sleep; after the shift, workers need to sleep during the period that is least conducive to sleep.1 Research indicates that a night shift worker’s sleep can be improved by scheduling light exposure and optimizing the timing of when they start their shifts.2 However, this may not be practical because night shifts usually are scheduled at particular intervals and cannot be tailored to the individual worker’s preference. Additionally, in the short term, full circadian adaptation to night shifts is impossible.1
Because sleep and performance are complex phenomena that are difficult to control, there is no single solution to maximizing these factors when one works nights.1 The most effective approach to combating the effects of night shift work is individualized and multimodal.1 However, whether you are working a night shift or are caring for a patient who does, the following nonpharmacologic strategies can help improve sleep and performance until the body naturally adapts to working this type of schedule1,3:
Minimize sleep debt before starting aseries of night shifts by not setting an alarm on the morning before the first night shift and by napping in the afternoon for approximately 45 minutes.
Take a nap during a work break (if work demands allow you to do so). However, nap for <30 minutes to avoid slow-wave sleep and subsequent grogginess when awakening.
Expose yourself to bright light immediately upon waking and for 15 minutes 2 or 3 times during a shift to promote alertness.
Drink caffeinated beverages before and during the shift to help improve concentration and reasoning (if there is no medical contraindication to consuming caffeine). However, avoid caffeine for at least 3 hours prior to going to sleep.
Add additional checks to critical tasks, such as ordering medications, during the shift, especially during the physiological nadir in the early hours of the morning.
Continue to: Create a cool, dark, quiet environment for sleep...
Create a cool, dark, quiet environment for sleep using a comfortable mattress and pillow, blackout blinds, ear plugs, and a noise machine. Also, avoid using your smartphone or tablet while trying to go to sleep. Minimize exposure to bright light on the drive home, and stick to a routine (eg, for meals and exercise).
Avoid working too many consecutive night shifts (if possible) because this can increase sleep deprivation. Also, limiting the number of night shifts and scheduling days off can speed recovery from sleep deprivation.
1. McKenna H, Wilkes M. Optimising sleep for night shifts. BMJ. 2018;360:j5637. doi: 10.1136/bmj.5637.
2. Postnova S, Robinson PA, Postnov DD. Adaptation to shift work: physiologically based modeling of the effects of lighting and shifts’ start time. PLoS One. 2013;8(1):e53379. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0053379.
3. Katz PS. Back away from the donuts! Today’s Hospitalist. https://www.todayshospitalist.com/back-away-from-the-donuts/. Published January 2013. Accessed June 18, 2018.
Our 24-hour society has made night shift work essential to people in many professions, including medical specialties. Working nights disrupts homeostatic and circadian rhythms, which leads to an accumulation of sleep debt (ie, the cumulative effect of not getting enough sleep).1 This debt can affect performance by impairing processing speed, concentration, mood, and physical health.1 Night shift work takes place during the period of the sleep-wake cycle that is programmed for sleep; after the shift, workers need to sleep during the period that is least conducive to sleep.1 Research indicates that a night shift worker’s sleep can be improved by scheduling light exposure and optimizing the timing of when they start their shifts.2 However, this may not be practical because night shifts usually are scheduled at particular intervals and cannot be tailored to the individual worker’s preference. Additionally, in the short term, full circadian adaptation to night shifts is impossible.1
Because sleep and performance are complex phenomena that are difficult to control, there is no single solution to maximizing these factors when one works nights.1 The most effective approach to combating the effects of night shift work is individualized and multimodal.1 However, whether you are working a night shift or are caring for a patient who does, the following nonpharmacologic strategies can help improve sleep and performance until the body naturally adapts to working this type of schedule1,3:
Minimize sleep debt before starting aseries of night shifts by not setting an alarm on the morning before the first night shift and by napping in the afternoon for approximately 45 minutes.
Take a nap during a work break (if work demands allow you to do so). However, nap for <30 minutes to avoid slow-wave sleep and subsequent grogginess when awakening.
Expose yourself to bright light immediately upon waking and for 15 minutes 2 or 3 times during a shift to promote alertness.
Drink caffeinated beverages before and during the shift to help improve concentration and reasoning (if there is no medical contraindication to consuming caffeine). However, avoid caffeine for at least 3 hours prior to going to sleep.
Add additional checks to critical tasks, such as ordering medications, during the shift, especially during the physiological nadir in the early hours of the morning.
Continue to: Create a cool, dark, quiet environment for sleep...
Create a cool, dark, quiet environment for sleep using a comfortable mattress and pillow, blackout blinds, ear plugs, and a noise machine. Also, avoid using your smartphone or tablet while trying to go to sleep. Minimize exposure to bright light on the drive home, and stick to a routine (eg, for meals and exercise).
Avoid working too many consecutive night shifts (if possible) because this can increase sleep deprivation. Also, limiting the number of night shifts and scheduling days off can speed recovery from sleep deprivation.
Our 24-hour society has made night shift work essential to people in many professions, including medical specialties. Working nights disrupts homeostatic and circadian rhythms, which leads to an accumulation of sleep debt (ie, the cumulative effect of not getting enough sleep).1 This debt can affect performance by impairing processing speed, concentration, mood, and physical health.1 Night shift work takes place during the period of the sleep-wake cycle that is programmed for sleep; after the shift, workers need to sleep during the period that is least conducive to sleep.1 Research indicates that a night shift worker’s sleep can be improved by scheduling light exposure and optimizing the timing of when they start their shifts.2 However, this may not be practical because night shifts usually are scheduled at particular intervals and cannot be tailored to the individual worker’s preference. Additionally, in the short term, full circadian adaptation to night shifts is impossible.1
Because sleep and performance are complex phenomena that are difficult to control, there is no single solution to maximizing these factors when one works nights.1 The most effective approach to combating the effects of night shift work is individualized and multimodal.1 However, whether you are working a night shift or are caring for a patient who does, the following nonpharmacologic strategies can help improve sleep and performance until the body naturally adapts to working this type of schedule1,3:
Minimize sleep debt before starting aseries of night shifts by not setting an alarm on the morning before the first night shift and by napping in the afternoon for approximately 45 minutes.
Take a nap during a work break (if work demands allow you to do so). However, nap for <30 minutes to avoid slow-wave sleep and subsequent grogginess when awakening.
Expose yourself to bright light immediately upon waking and for 15 minutes 2 or 3 times during a shift to promote alertness.
Drink caffeinated beverages before and during the shift to help improve concentration and reasoning (if there is no medical contraindication to consuming caffeine). However, avoid caffeine for at least 3 hours prior to going to sleep.
Add additional checks to critical tasks, such as ordering medications, during the shift, especially during the physiological nadir in the early hours of the morning.
Continue to: Create a cool, dark, quiet environment for sleep...
Create a cool, dark, quiet environment for sleep using a comfortable mattress and pillow, blackout blinds, ear plugs, and a noise machine. Also, avoid using your smartphone or tablet while trying to go to sleep. Minimize exposure to bright light on the drive home, and stick to a routine (eg, for meals and exercise).
Avoid working too many consecutive night shifts (if possible) because this can increase sleep deprivation. Also, limiting the number of night shifts and scheduling days off can speed recovery from sleep deprivation.
1. McKenna H, Wilkes M. Optimising sleep for night shifts. BMJ. 2018;360:j5637. doi: 10.1136/bmj.5637.
2. Postnova S, Robinson PA, Postnov DD. Adaptation to shift work: physiologically based modeling of the effects of lighting and shifts’ start time. PLoS One. 2013;8(1):e53379. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0053379.
3. Katz PS. Back away from the donuts! Today’s Hospitalist. https://www.todayshospitalist.com/back-away-from-the-donuts/. Published January 2013. Accessed June 18, 2018.
1. McKenna H, Wilkes M. Optimising sleep for night shifts. BMJ. 2018;360:j5637. doi: 10.1136/bmj.5637.
2. Postnova S, Robinson PA, Postnov DD. Adaptation to shift work: physiologically based modeling of the effects of lighting and shifts’ start time. PLoS One. 2013;8(1):e53379. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0053379.
3. Katz PS. Back away from the donuts! Today’s Hospitalist. https://www.todayshospitalist.com/back-away-from-the-donuts/. Published January 2013. Accessed June 18, 2018.
Motivational interviewing: The RULES, PACE, and OARS
CASE
Mr. C, a veteran in his 60s who has posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), presents to your clinic for a 45-minute follow-up visit. He has a remote history of depression and a 20-year history of substance use disorder (SUD); he uses heroin, at least 3 bags a day by insufflation. You review his response to his currently prescribed PTSD treatment regimen, ask if he is experiencing any adverse effects, and perform a mental status exam and a review of systems. You offer Mr. C detoxification and rehabilitation treatment for his heroin use, but he refuses. With 15 minutes left in the appointment, you consider conducting motivational interviewing (MI) to help him reconsider getting treatment for his SUD.
Even when delivered as a brief, one-time intervention, MI can be effective in getting patients to change their behavior.1 First created in part by psychologists William Miller, PhD, and Stephen Rollnick, PhD,2 MI is based on the premise that a patient’s ambivalence to change is normal and that all patients vary in their readiness to change. MI can be brief, and can be more helpful than providing only proscriptive advice, which sometimes can be counterproductitive.3
To effectively implement MI during a brief visit, it is helpful to keep in mind 3 mnemonics: RULE, PACE, and OARS.
RULE
RULE can be used to remember the core principles of MI.4 First, Resist the righting reflex, which means we should resist giving suggestions to our patients for their problems. While we may mean well, offering suggestions might actually make the patient less likely to make a positive change. Understand the patient’s motivation by being a curious listener and attempting to elicit the patient’s own underlying motivation for change. Listen with a patient-centered, empathic approach. Lastly, Empower the patient. He must understand that he is in control of his actions, and any change he desires will require him to take steps toward that change.
PACE
PACE is the “spirit” or mindset that clinicians should have when conducting MI.4,5 Always work in Partnership with the patient; this allows the patient and clinician to collaborate on the same level. While the physician is a clinical expert, the patient is an expert in prior efforts at trying to change his or her circumstances for the better. Make the therapeutic environment as positive as possible so that your patient will find it comfortable to discuss change. The patient should see the clinician as a guide who offers information about paths the patient may choose, not someone who decides the destination.5 While as physicians we must continue to educate our patients about the harms of behaviors such as excessive drinking or substance use, we recognize that ultimately the decision is the patient’s. Make every effort to draw from the patients’ goals and values, so that the patient, and not the clinician, can argue for why change is needed. This Acceptance helps foster an attitude that we are on the patient’s side and that his past choices in life do not negatively affect our perception of him. The patient should be accepted for who he is, and not met with disapproval over any personal decisions that he made.5 Exercise Compassion towards the patient’s struggles and experiences,5 and never be punitive. Make every attempt to have discussions that can be Evocative for the patient. Strong feelings and memories can be particularly salient to discuss, especially if they could help change the patient’s attitude towards maladaptive behaviors.
OARS
OARS can be used to help remember core skills of MI.5 These include asking Open-ended questions to get the patient to think before responding, providing frequent Affirmations of the patient’s positive traits, using Reflective listening techniques while your patient talks about his disorder, and providing succinct Summaries of the experiences expressed by your patient throughout the encounter to invite continued exploration of his behaviors.
Getting patients to talk about change
Use RULE, PACE, and OARS to elicit “change talk,”4 so that your patient makes his own arguments for change. Here ambivalence is good, in that an ambivalent patient may be open to discuss reasons for making changes. It is important to remember not to use the righting reflex to give suggestions to change.
Continue to: CASE...
CASE CONTINUED
You use the last 15 minutes of Mr. C’s visit to conduct MI and acknowledge his ambivalence to change. Mr. C reveals that his motivation for change centers on how he perceives himself as a disappointment to his daughter because of his continuous drug use. At the end of the encounter, Mr. C is in tears but has a renewed motivation to stop using heroin. He agrees to enter substance abuse treatment.
1. Dwommoh R, Sorsdahl K, Myers B, et al. Brief interventions to address substance use among patients presenting to emergency departments in resource poor settings: a cost-effectiveness analysis. Cost Eff Resour Alloc. 2018;16:24.
2. Rollnick S, Miller WR, Christopher CB. Motivational interviewing in health care: helping patients change behavior. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2008.
3. Bani-Yaghoub M, Elhomani A, Catley D. Effectiveness of motivational interviewing, health education and brief advice in a population of smokers who are not ready to quit. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2018;18:52.
4. Rosengren DB. Building motivational interviewing skills: a practitioner workbook. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2009:30-88.
5. Miller WR, Rollnick S. Motivational interviewing: helping people change. 3rd ed. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2012:37-243.
CASE
Mr. C, a veteran in his 60s who has posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), presents to your clinic for a 45-minute follow-up visit. He has a remote history of depression and a 20-year history of substance use disorder (SUD); he uses heroin, at least 3 bags a day by insufflation. You review his response to his currently prescribed PTSD treatment regimen, ask if he is experiencing any adverse effects, and perform a mental status exam and a review of systems. You offer Mr. C detoxification and rehabilitation treatment for his heroin use, but he refuses. With 15 minutes left in the appointment, you consider conducting motivational interviewing (MI) to help him reconsider getting treatment for his SUD.
Even when delivered as a brief, one-time intervention, MI can be effective in getting patients to change their behavior.1 First created in part by psychologists William Miller, PhD, and Stephen Rollnick, PhD,2 MI is based on the premise that a patient’s ambivalence to change is normal and that all patients vary in their readiness to change. MI can be brief, and can be more helpful than providing only proscriptive advice, which sometimes can be counterproductitive.3
To effectively implement MI during a brief visit, it is helpful to keep in mind 3 mnemonics: RULE, PACE, and OARS.
RULE
RULE can be used to remember the core principles of MI.4 First, Resist the righting reflex, which means we should resist giving suggestions to our patients for their problems. While we may mean well, offering suggestions might actually make the patient less likely to make a positive change. Understand the patient’s motivation by being a curious listener and attempting to elicit the patient’s own underlying motivation for change. Listen with a patient-centered, empathic approach. Lastly, Empower the patient. He must understand that he is in control of his actions, and any change he desires will require him to take steps toward that change.
PACE
PACE is the “spirit” or mindset that clinicians should have when conducting MI.4,5 Always work in Partnership with the patient; this allows the patient and clinician to collaborate on the same level. While the physician is a clinical expert, the patient is an expert in prior efforts at trying to change his or her circumstances for the better. Make the therapeutic environment as positive as possible so that your patient will find it comfortable to discuss change. The patient should see the clinician as a guide who offers information about paths the patient may choose, not someone who decides the destination.5 While as physicians we must continue to educate our patients about the harms of behaviors such as excessive drinking or substance use, we recognize that ultimately the decision is the patient’s. Make every effort to draw from the patients’ goals and values, so that the patient, and not the clinician, can argue for why change is needed. This Acceptance helps foster an attitude that we are on the patient’s side and that his past choices in life do not negatively affect our perception of him. The patient should be accepted for who he is, and not met with disapproval over any personal decisions that he made.5 Exercise Compassion towards the patient’s struggles and experiences,5 and never be punitive. Make every attempt to have discussions that can be Evocative for the patient. Strong feelings and memories can be particularly salient to discuss, especially if they could help change the patient’s attitude towards maladaptive behaviors.
OARS
OARS can be used to help remember core skills of MI.5 These include asking Open-ended questions to get the patient to think before responding, providing frequent Affirmations of the patient’s positive traits, using Reflective listening techniques while your patient talks about his disorder, and providing succinct Summaries of the experiences expressed by your patient throughout the encounter to invite continued exploration of his behaviors.
Getting patients to talk about change
Use RULE, PACE, and OARS to elicit “change talk,”4 so that your patient makes his own arguments for change. Here ambivalence is good, in that an ambivalent patient may be open to discuss reasons for making changes. It is important to remember not to use the righting reflex to give suggestions to change.
Continue to: CASE...
CASE CONTINUED
You use the last 15 minutes of Mr. C’s visit to conduct MI and acknowledge his ambivalence to change. Mr. C reveals that his motivation for change centers on how he perceives himself as a disappointment to his daughter because of his continuous drug use. At the end of the encounter, Mr. C is in tears but has a renewed motivation to stop using heroin. He agrees to enter substance abuse treatment.
CASE
Mr. C, a veteran in his 60s who has posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), presents to your clinic for a 45-minute follow-up visit. He has a remote history of depression and a 20-year history of substance use disorder (SUD); he uses heroin, at least 3 bags a day by insufflation. You review his response to his currently prescribed PTSD treatment regimen, ask if he is experiencing any adverse effects, and perform a mental status exam and a review of systems. You offer Mr. C detoxification and rehabilitation treatment for his heroin use, but he refuses. With 15 minutes left in the appointment, you consider conducting motivational interviewing (MI) to help him reconsider getting treatment for his SUD.
Even when delivered as a brief, one-time intervention, MI can be effective in getting patients to change their behavior.1 First created in part by psychologists William Miller, PhD, and Stephen Rollnick, PhD,2 MI is based on the premise that a patient’s ambivalence to change is normal and that all patients vary in their readiness to change. MI can be brief, and can be more helpful than providing only proscriptive advice, which sometimes can be counterproductitive.3
To effectively implement MI during a brief visit, it is helpful to keep in mind 3 mnemonics: RULE, PACE, and OARS.
RULE
RULE can be used to remember the core principles of MI.4 First, Resist the righting reflex, which means we should resist giving suggestions to our patients for their problems. While we may mean well, offering suggestions might actually make the patient less likely to make a positive change. Understand the patient’s motivation by being a curious listener and attempting to elicit the patient’s own underlying motivation for change. Listen with a patient-centered, empathic approach. Lastly, Empower the patient. He must understand that he is in control of his actions, and any change he desires will require him to take steps toward that change.
PACE
PACE is the “spirit” or mindset that clinicians should have when conducting MI.4,5 Always work in Partnership with the patient; this allows the patient and clinician to collaborate on the same level. While the physician is a clinical expert, the patient is an expert in prior efforts at trying to change his or her circumstances for the better. Make the therapeutic environment as positive as possible so that your patient will find it comfortable to discuss change. The patient should see the clinician as a guide who offers information about paths the patient may choose, not someone who decides the destination.5 While as physicians we must continue to educate our patients about the harms of behaviors such as excessive drinking or substance use, we recognize that ultimately the decision is the patient’s. Make every effort to draw from the patients’ goals and values, so that the patient, and not the clinician, can argue for why change is needed. This Acceptance helps foster an attitude that we are on the patient’s side and that his past choices in life do not negatively affect our perception of him. The patient should be accepted for who he is, and not met with disapproval over any personal decisions that he made.5 Exercise Compassion towards the patient’s struggles and experiences,5 and never be punitive. Make every attempt to have discussions that can be Evocative for the patient. Strong feelings and memories can be particularly salient to discuss, especially if they could help change the patient’s attitude towards maladaptive behaviors.
OARS
OARS can be used to help remember core skills of MI.5 These include asking Open-ended questions to get the patient to think before responding, providing frequent Affirmations of the patient’s positive traits, using Reflective listening techniques while your patient talks about his disorder, and providing succinct Summaries of the experiences expressed by your patient throughout the encounter to invite continued exploration of his behaviors.
Getting patients to talk about change
Use RULE, PACE, and OARS to elicit “change talk,”4 so that your patient makes his own arguments for change. Here ambivalence is good, in that an ambivalent patient may be open to discuss reasons for making changes. It is important to remember not to use the righting reflex to give suggestions to change.
Continue to: CASE...
CASE CONTINUED
You use the last 15 minutes of Mr. C’s visit to conduct MI and acknowledge his ambivalence to change. Mr. C reveals that his motivation for change centers on how he perceives himself as a disappointment to his daughter because of his continuous drug use. At the end of the encounter, Mr. C is in tears but has a renewed motivation to stop using heroin. He agrees to enter substance abuse treatment.
1. Dwommoh R, Sorsdahl K, Myers B, et al. Brief interventions to address substance use among patients presenting to emergency departments in resource poor settings: a cost-effectiveness analysis. Cost Eff Resour Alloc. 2018;16:24.
2. Rollnick S, Miller WR, Christopher CB. Motivational interviewing in health care: helping patients change behavior. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2008.
3. Bani-Yaghoub M, Elhomani A, Catley D. Effectiveness of motivational interviewing, health education and brief advice in a population of smokers who are not ready to quit. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2018;18:52.
4. Rosengren DB. Building motivational interviewing skills: a practitioner workbook. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2009:30-88.
5. Miller WR, Rollnick S. Motivational interviewing: helping people change. 3rd ed. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2012:37-243.
1. Dwommoh R, Sorsdahl K, Myers B, et al. Brief interventions to address substance use among patients presenting to emergency departments in resource poor settings: a cost-effectiveness analysis. Cost Eff Resour Alloc. 2018;16:24.
2. Rollnick S, Miller WR, Christopher CB. Motivational interviewing in health care: helping patients change behavior. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2008.
3. Bani-Yaghoub M, Elhomani A, Catley D. Effectiveness of motivational interviewing, health education and brief advice in a population of smokers who are not ready to quit. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2018;18:52.
4. Rosengren DB. Building motivational interviewing skills: a practitioner workbook. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2009:30-88.
5. Miller WR, Rollnick S. Motivational interviewing: helping people change. 3rd ed. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2012:37-243.
Delirious after undergoing workup for stroke
CASE Altered mental status after stroke workup
Ms. L, age 91, is admitted to the hospital for a neurologic evaluation of a recent episode of left-sided weakness that occurred 1 week ago. This left-sided weakness resolved without intervention within 2 hours while at home. This presentation is typical of a transient ischemic attack (TIA). She has a history of hypertension, bradycardia, and pacemaker implantation. On initial evaluation, her memory is intact, and she is able to walk normally. Her score on the St. Louis University Mental Status (SLUMS) exam is 25, which suggests normal cognitive functioning for her academic background. A CT scan of the head reveals a subacute stroke of the right posterior limb of the internal capsule consistent with recent TIA.
Ms. L is admitted for a routine stroke workup and prepares to undergo a CT angiogram (CTA) with the use of the iodinated agent iopamidol (100 mL, 76%) to evaluate patency of cerebral vessels. Her baseline blood urea nitrogen (BUN) and creatinine levels are within normal limits.
A day after undergoing CTA, Ms. L starts mumbling to herself, has unpredictable mood outbursts, and is not oriented to time, place, or person.
[polldaddy:10199351]
The authors’ observations
Due to her acute altered mental status (AMS), Ms. L underwent an emergent CT scan of the head to rule out any acute intracranial hemorrhages or thromboembolic events. The results of this test were negative. Urinalysis, BUN, creatinine, basic chemistry, and complete blood count panels were unrevealing. On a repeat SLUMS exam, Ms. L scored 9, indicating cognitive impairment.
Ms. L also underwent a comprehensive metabolic profile, which excluded any electrolyte abnormalities, or any hepatic or renal causes of AMS. There was no sign of dehydration, acidosis, hypoglycemia, hypoxemia, hypotension, or bradycardia/tachycardia. A urinalysis, chest X-ray, complete blood count, and 2 blood cultures conducted 24 hours apart did not reveal any signs of infection. There were no recent changes in her medications and she was not taking any sleep medications or other psychiatric medications that might precipitate a withdrawal syndrome.
There have been multiple reports of contrast-induced nephropathy (CIN), which may be evidenced by high BUN-to-creatinine ratios and could cause AMS in geriatric patients. However, CIN was ruled out as a potential cause in our patient because her BUN-to-creatinine was unremarkable.
Continue to: Routine EEG was clinically...
Routine EEG was clinically inconclusive. Diffusion-weighted MRI may have been helpful to identify ischemic strokes that a CT scan of the head might miss,1 but we were unable to conduct this test because Ms. L had a pacemaker. Barber et al2 suggested that in the setting of acute stroke, the use of MRI may not have an added advantage over the CT scan of the head.
[polldaddy:10199352]
TREATMENT Rapid improvement with supportive therapy
Intravenous fluids are administered as supportive therapy to Ms. L for suspected contrast-induced encephalopathy (CIE). The next day, Ms. L experiences a notable improvement in cognition, beyond that attributed to IV hydration. By 3 days post-contrast injection, her SLUMS score increases to 15. By 72 hours after contrast administration, Ms. L’s cognition returns to baseline. She is monitored for 24 hours after returning to baseline cognitive functioning. After observing her to be in no physical or medical distress and at baseline functioning, she is discharged home under the care of her son with outpatient follow-up and rehab services.
The authors’ observations
For Ms. L, the differential diagnosis included post-ictal phenomenon, new-onset ischemic or hemorrhagic changes, hyperperfusion syndrome, and CIE.
Seizures were ruled out because EEG was inconclusive, and Ms. L did not have the clinical features one would expect in an ictal episode. Transient ischemic attack is, by definition, an ischemic event with clinical return to baseline within 24 hours. Although a CT scan of the head may not be the most sensitive way to detect early ischemic changes and small ischemic zones, the self-limiting course and complete resolution of Ms. L’s symptoms with return to baseline is indicative of a more benign pathology, such as CIE. New hemorrhagic conversions have a dramatic presentation on radiologic studies. Historically, CIE presentations on imaging have been closely associated with the hyperattentuation seen in subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH). The absence of typical radiologic and clinical findings in our case ruled out SAH.
Continue to: Typical CT scan findings in CIE include...
Typical CT scan findings in CIE include abnormal cortical contrast enhancement and edema, subarachnoid contrast enhancement, and striatal contrast enhancement (Figure 1, Figure 2, and Figure 3). Since the first clinical description, reports of 39 CT-/MRI-confirmed cases of CIE have been published in English language medical literature, with documented clinical follow-up3 and a median recovery time of 2.5 days. In a case report by Ito et al,4 there were no supportive radiographic findings. Ours is the second documented case that showed no radiologic signs of CIE. With a paucity of other etiologic evidence, negative lab tests for other causes of delirium, and the rapid resolution of Ms. L’s AMS after providing IV fluids as supportive treatment, a temporal correlation can be deduced, which implicates iodine-based contrast as the inciting factor.
Iodine-based contrast agents have been used since the 1920s. Today, >75 million procedures requiring iodine dyes are performed annually worldwide.5 This level of routine iodine contrast usage compels a mention of risk factors and complications from using such dyes. As a general rule, contrast agent reactions can be categorized as immediate (<1 day) or delayed (1 to 7 days after contrast administration). Immediate reactions are immunoglobulin E (IgE)-mediated anaphylactic reactions. Delayed reactions involve a T-cell mediated response that ranges from pruritus and urticaria (approximately 70%) to cardiac complications such as cardiovascular shock, arrhythmia, arrest, and Kounis syndrome. Other less prevalent complications include hypotension, bronchospasm, and CIN. Patients with the following factors may be at higher risk for contrast-induced reactions:
- asthma
- cardiac arrhythmias
- central myasthenia gravis
- >70 years of age
- pheochromocytoma
- sickle cell anemia
- hyperthyroidism
- dehydration
- hypotension.
Although some older literature reported correlations between seafood and shellfish allergies and iodine contrast reactions, more recent reports suggest there may not be a direct correlation, or any correlation at all.5,6
Iodinated CIE is a rare complication of contrast angiography. It was first reported in 1970 as transient cortical blindness after coronary angiography.7 Clinical manifestations include encephalopathy evidenced by AMS, affected orientation, and acute psychotic changes, including paranoia and hallucinations, seizures, cortical blindness, and focal neurologic deficits. Neuroimaging has been pivotal in confirming the diagnosis and in excluding thromboembolic and hemorrhagic complications of angiography.8
Encephalopathy has been documented after administration of
Continue to: Regardless of the mechanism...
Regardless of the mechanism, all the above-mentioned studies note a reversal of radiologic and neurologic findings without any deficits within 48 to 72 hours (median recovery time of 2.5 days).3 All reported cases of CIE, including ours, were found to be completely reversible without any neurologic or radiologic deficits after resolution (48 to 72 hours post-contrast administration).
Clinicians should have a high index of suspicion for CIE in patients with recent iodine-based contrast exposure. From a practical standpoint, such a mechanism could be easily missed because while use of a single-administration contrast agent may appear in procedure notes or medication administration records, it might not necessarily appear in documentation of currently administered medications. Also, such cases might not always present with unique radiologic findings, as illustrated by Ms. L’s case.
Bottom Line
Have a high index of suspicion for contrast-induced encephalopathy, especially in geriatric patients, even in the absence of radiologic findings. A full delirium/dementia workup is warranted to rule out other life-threatening causes of altered mental status. Timely recognition could enable implementation of medicationsparing approaches to the disorder, such as IV fluids and frequent reorientation.
Related Resources
- Donepudi B, Trottier S. A seizure and hemiplegia following contrast exposure: Understanding contrast-induced encephalopathy. Case Rep Med. 2018;2018:9278526. doi:10.1155/2018/9278526.
- Hamra M, Bakhit Y, Khan M, et al. Case report and literature review on contrast-induced encephalopathy. Future Cardiol. 2017;13(4):331-335.
Drug Brand Names
Iohexol • Omnipaque
Iopamidol • Isovue-370
Iopromide • Ultravist
Ioxilan • Oxilan
1. Moreau F, Asdaghi N, Modi J, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging versus computed tomography in transient ischemic attack and minor stroke: the more you see the more you know. Cerebrovasc Dis Extra. 2013;3(1):130-136.
2. Barber PA, Hill MD, Eliasziw M, et al. Imaging of the brain in acute ischaemic stroke: comparison of computed tomography and magnetic resonance diffusion-weighted imaging. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2005;76(11):1528-1533.
3. Leong S, Fanning NF. Persistent neurological deficit from iodinated contrast encephalopathy following intracranial aneurysm coiling: a case report and review of the literature. Interv Neuroradiol. 2012;18(1):33-41.
4. Ito N, Nishio R, Ozuki T, et al. A state of delirium (confusion) following cerebral angiography with ioxilan: a case report. Nihon Igaku Hoshasen Gakkai Zasshi. 2002; 62(7):370-371.
5. Bottinor W, Polkampally P, Jovin I. Adverse reactions to iodinated contrast media. Int J Angiol. 2013;22:149-154.
6. Cohan R. AHRQ Patient Safety Network Reaction to Dye. US Department of Health and Human Services Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. https://psnet.ahrq.gov/webmm/case/75/reaction-to-dye. Published September 2004. Accessed March 5, 2017.
7. Fischer-Williams M, Gottschalk PG, Browell JN. Transient cortical blindness: an unusual complication of coronary angiography. Neurology. 1970;20(4):353-355.
8. Lantos G. Cortical blindness due to osmotic disruption of the blood-brain barrier by angiographic contrast material: CT and MRI studies. Neurology. 1989;39(4):567-571.
9. Kocabay G, Karabay CY. Iopromide-induced encephalopathy following coronary angioplasty. Perfusion. 2011;26:67-70.
10. Dangas G, Monsein LH, Laureno R, et al. Transient contrast encephalopathy after carotid artery stenting. Journal of Endovascular Therapy. 2001;8:111-113.
11. Sawaya RA, Hammoud R, Arnaout SJ, et al. Contrast induced encephalopathy following coronary angioplasty with iohexol. Southern Medical Journal. 2007;100(10):1054-1055.
CASE Altered mental status after stroke workup
Ms. L, age 91, is admitted to the hospital for a neurologic evaluation of a recent episode of left-sided weakness that occurred 1 week ago. This left-sided weakness resolved without intervention within 2 hours while at home. This presentation is typical of a transient ischemic attack (TIA). She has a history of hypertension, bradycardia, and pacemaker implantation. On initial evaluation, her memory is intact, and she is able to walk normally. Her score on the St. Louis University Mental Status (SLUMS) exam is 25, which suggests normal cognitive functioning for her academic background. A CT scan of the head reveals a subacute stroke of the right posterior limb of the internal capsule consistent with recent TIA.
Ms. L is admitted for a routine stroke workup and prepares to undergo a CT angiogram (CTA) with the use of the iodinated agent iopamidol (100 mL, 76%) to evaluate patency of cerebral vessels. Her baseline blood urea nitrogen (BUN) and creatinine levels are within normal limits.
A day after undergoing CTA, Ms. L starts mumbling to herself, has unpredictable mood outbursts, and is not oriented to time, place, or person.
[polldaddy:10199351]
The authors’ observations
Due to her acute altered mental status (AMS), Ms. L underwent an emergent CT scan of the head to rule out any acute intracranial hemorrhages or thromboembolic events. The results of this test were negative. Urinalysis, BUN, creatinine, basic chemistry, and complete blood count panels were unrevealing. On a repeat SLUMS exam, Ms. L scored 9, indicating cognitive impairment.
Ms. L also underwent a comprehensive metabolic profile, which excluded any electrolyte abnormalities, or any hepatic or renal causes of AMS. There was no sign of dehydration, acidosis, hypoglycemia, hypoxemia, hypotension, or bradycardia/tachycardia. A urinalysis, chest X-ray, complete blood count, and 2 blood cultures conducted 24 hours apart did not reveal any signs of infection. There were no recent changes in her medications and she was not taking any sleep medications or other psychiatric medications that might precipitate a withdrawal syndrome.
There have been multiple reports of contrast-induced nephropathy (CIN), which may be evidenced by high BUN-to-creatinine ratios and could cause AMS in geriatric patients. However, CIN was ruled out as a potential cause in our patient because her BUN-to-creatinine was unremarkable.
Continue to: Routine EEG was clinically...
Routine EEG was clinically inconclusive. Diffusion-weighted MRI may have been helpful to identify ischemic strokes that a CT scan of the head might miss,1 but we were unable to conduct this test because Ms. L had a pacemaker. Barber et al2 suggested that in the setting of acute stroke, the use of MRI may not have an added advantage over the CT scan of the head.
[polldaddy:10199352]
TREATMENT Rapid improvement with supportive therapy
Intravenous fluids are administered as supportive therapy to Ms. L for suspected contrast-induced encephalopathy (CIE). The next day, Ms. L experiences a notable improvement in cognition, beyond that attributed to IV hydration. By 3 days post-contrast injection, her SLUMS score increases to 15. By 72 hours after contrast administration, Ms. L’s cognition returns to baseline. She is monitored for 24 hours after returning to baseline cognitive functioning. After observing her to be in no physical or medical distress and at baseline functioning, she is discharged home under the care of her son with outpatient follow-up and rehab services.
The authors’ observations
For Ms. L, the differential diagnosis included post-ictal phenomenon, new-onset ischemic or hemorrhagic changes, hyperperfusion syndrome, and CIE.
Seizures were ruled out because EEG was inconclusive, and Ms. L did not have the clinical features one would expect in an ictal episode. Transient ischemic attack is, by definition, an ischemic event with clinical return to baseline within 24 hours. Although a CT scan of the head may not be the most sensitive way to detect early ischemic changes and small ischemic zones, the self-limiting course and complete resolution of Ms. L’s symptoms with return to baseline is indicative of a more benign pathology, such as CIE. New hemorrhagic conversions have a dramatic presentation on radiologic studies. Historically, CIE presentations on imaging have been closely associated with the hyperattentuation seen in subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH). The absence of typical radiologic and clinical findings in our case ruled out SAH.
Continue to: Typical CT scan findings in CIE include...
Typical CT scan findings in CIE include abnormal cortical contrast enhancement and edema, subarachnoid contrast enhancement, and striatal contrast enhancement (Figure 1, Figure 2, and Figure 3). Since the first clinical description, reports of 39 CT-/MRI-confirmed cases of CIE have been published in English language medical literature, with documented clinical follow-up3 and a median recovery time of 2.5 days. In a case report by Ito et al,4 there were no supportive radiographic findings. Ours is the second documented case that showed no radiologic signs of CIE. With a paucity of other etiologic evidence, negative lab tests for other causes of delirium, and the rapid resolution of Ms. L’s AMS after providing IV fluids as supportive treatment, a temporal correlation can be deduced, which implicates iodine-based contrast as the inciting factor.
Iodine-based contrast agents have been used since the 1920s. Today, >75 million procedures requiring iodine dyes are performed annually worldwide.5 This level of routine iodine contrast usage compels a mention of risk factors and complications from using such dyes. As a general rule, contrast agent reactions can be categorized as immediate (<1 day) or delayed (1 to 7 days after contrast administration). Immediate reactions are immunoglobulin E (IgE)-mediated anaphylactic reactions. Delayed reactions involve a T-cell mediated response that ranges from pruritus and urticaria (approximately 70%) to cardiac complications such as cardiovascular shock, arrhythmia, arrest, and Kounis syndrome. Other less prevalent complications include hypotension, bronchospasm, and CIN. Patients with the following factors may be at higher risk for contrast-induced reactions:
- asthma
- cardiac arrhythmias
- central myasthenia gravis
- >70 years of age
- pheochromocytoma
- sickle cell anemia
- hyperthyroidism
- dehydration
- hypotension.
Although some older literature reported correlations between seafood and shellfish allergies and iodine contrast reactions, more recent reports suggest there may not be a direct correlation, or any correlation at all.5,6
Iodinated CIE is a rare complication of contrast angiography. It was first reported in 1970 as transient cortical blindness after coronary angiography.7 Clinical manifestations include encephalopathy evidenced by AMS, affected orientation, and acute psychotic changes, including paranoia and hallucinations, seizures, cortical blindness, and focal neurologic deficits. Neuroimaging has been pivotal in confirming the diagnosis and in excluding thromboembolic and hemorrhagic complications of angiography.8
Encephalopathy has been documented after administration of
Continue to: Regardless of the mechanism...
Regardless of the mechanism, all the above-mentioned studies note a reversal of radiologic and neurologic findings without any deficits within 48 to 72 hours (median recovery time of 2.5 days).3 All reported cases of CIE, including ours, were found to be completely reversible without any neurologic or radiologic deficits after resolution (48 to 72 hours post-contrast administration).
Clinicians should have a high index of suspicion for CIE in patients with recent iodine-based contrast exposure. From a practical standpoint, such a mechanism could be easily missed because while use of a single-administration contrast agent may appear in procedure notes or medication administration records, it might not necessarily appear in documentation of currently administered medications. Also, such cases might not always present with unique radiologic findings, as illustrated by Ms. L’s case.
Bottom Line
Have a high index of suspicion for contrast-induced encephalopathy, especially in geriatric patients, even in the absence of radiologic findings. A full delirium/dementia workup is warranted to rule out other life-threatening causes of altered mental status. Timely recognition could enable implementation of medicationsparing approaches to the disorder, such as IV fluids and frequent reorientation.
Related Resources
- Donepudi B, Trottier S. A seizure and hemiplegia following contrast exposure: Understanding contrast-induced encephalopathy. Case Rep Med. 2018;2018:9278526. doi:10.1155/2018/9278526.
- Hamra M, Bakhit Y, Khan M, et al. Case report and literature review on contrast-induced encephalopathy. Future Cardiol. 2017;13(4):331-335.
Drug Brand Names
Iohexol • Omnipaque
Iopamidol • Isovue-370
Iopromide • Ultravist
Ioxilan • Oxilan
CASE Altered mental status after stroke workup
Ms. L, age 91, is admitted to the hospital for a neurologic evaluation of a recent episode of left-sided weakness that occurred 1 week ago. This left-sided weakness resolved without intervention within 2 hours while at home. This presentation is typical of a transient ischemic attack (TIA). She has a history of hypertension, bradycardia, and pacemaker implantation. On initial evaluation, her memory is intact, and she is able to walk normally. Her score on the St. Louis University Mental Status (SLUMS) exam is 25, which suggests normal cognitive functioning for her academic background. A CT scan of the head reveals a subacute stroke of the right posterior limb of the internal capsule consistent with recent TIA.
Ms. L is admitted for a routine stroke workup and prepares to undergo a CT angiogram (CTA) with the use of the iodinated agent iopamidol (100 mL, 76%) to evaluate patency of cerebral vessels. Her baseline blood urea nitrogen (BUN) and creatinine levels are within normal limits.
A day after undergoing CTA, Ms. L starts mumbling to herself, has unpredictable mood outbursts, and is not oriented to time, place, or person.
[polldaddy:10199351]
The authors’ observations
Due to her acute altered mental status (AMS), Ms. L underwent an emergent CT scan of the head to rule out any acute intracranial hemorrhages or thromboembolic events. The results of this test were negative. Urinalysis, BUN, creatinine, basic chemistry, and complete blood count panels were unrevealing. On a repeat SLUMS exam, Ms. L scored 9, indicating cognitive impairment.
Ms. L also underwent a comprehensive metabolic profile, which excluded any electrolyte abnormalities, or any hepatic or renal causes of AMS. There was no sign of dehydration, acidosis, hypoglycemia, hypoxemia, hypotension, or bradycardia/tachycardia. A urinalysis, chest X-ray, complete blood count, and 2 blood cultures conducted 24 hours apart did not reveal any signs of infection. There were no recent changes in her medications and she was not taking any sleep medications or other psychiatric medications that might precipitate a withdrawal syndrome.
There have been multiple reports of contrast-induced nephropathy (CIN), which may be evidenced by high BUN-to-creatinine ratios and could cause AMS in geriatric patients. However, CIN was ruled out as a potential cause in our patient because her BUN-to-creatinine was unremarkable.
Continue to: Routine EEG was clinically...
Routine EEG was clinically inconclusive. Diffusion-weighted MRI may have been helpful to identify ischemic strokes that a CT scan of the head might miss,1 but we were unable to conduct this test because Ms. L had a pacemaker. Barber et al2 suggested that in the setting of acute stroke, the use of MRI may not have an added advantage over the CT scan of the head.
[polldaddy:10199352]
TREATMENT Rapid improvement with supportive therapy
Intravenous fluids are administered as supportive therapy to Ms. L for suspected contrast-induced encephalopathy (CIE). The next day, Ms. L experiences a notable improvement in cognition, beyond that attributed to IV hydration. By 3 days post-contrast injection, her SLUMS score increases to 15. By 72 hours after contrast administration, Ms. L’s cognition returns to baseline. She is monitored for 24 hours after returning to baseline cognitive functioning. After observing her to be in no physical or medical distress and at baseline functioning, she is discharged home under the care of her son with outpatient follow-up and rehab services.
The authors’ observations
For Ms. L, the differential diagnosis included post-ictal phenomenon, new-onset ischemic or hemorrhagic changes, hyperperfusion syndrome, and CIE.
Seizures were ruled out because EEG was inconclusive, and Ms. L did not have the clinical features one would expect in an ictal episode. Transient ischemic attack is, by definition, an ischemic event with clinical return to baseline within 24 hours. Although a CT scan of the head may not be the most sensitive way to detect early ischemic changes and small ischemic zones, the self-limiting course and complete resolution of Ms. L’s symptoms with return to baseline is indicative of a more benign pathology, such as CIE. New hemorrhagic conversions have a dramatic presentation on radiologic studies. Historically, CIE presentations on imaging have been closely associated with the hyperattentuation seen in subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH). The absence of typical radiologic and clinical findings in our case ruled out SAH.
Continue to: Typical CT scan findings in CIE include...
Typical CT scan findings in CIE include abnormal cortical contrast enhancement and edema, subarachnoid contrast enhancement, and striatal contrast enhancement (Figure 1, Figure 2, and Figure 3). Since the first clinical description, reports of 39 CT-/MRI-confirmed cases of CIE have been published in English language medical literature, with documented clinical follow-up3 and a median recovery time of 2.5 days. In a case report by Ito et al,4 there were no supportive radiographic findings. Ours is the second documented case that showed no radiologic signs of CIE. With a paucity of other etiologic evidence, negative lab tests for other causes of delirium, and the rapid resolution of Ms. L’s AMS after providing IV fluids as supportive treatment, a temporal correlation can be deduced, which implicates iodine-based contrast as the inciting factor.
Iodine-based contrast agents have been used since the 1920s. Today, >75 million procedures requiring iodine dyes are performed annually worldwide.5 This level of routine iodine contrast usage compels a mention of risk factors and complications from using such dyes. As a general rule, contrast agent reactions can be categorized as immediate (<1 day) or delayed (1 to 7 days after contrast administration). Immediate reactions are immunoglobulin E (IgE)-mediated anaphylactic reactions. Delayed reactions involve a T-cell mediated response that ranges from pruritus and urticaria (approximately 70%) to cardiac complications such as cardiovascular shock, arrhythmia, arrest, and Kounis syndrome. Other less prevalent complications include hypotension, bronchospasm, and CIN. Patients with the following factors may be at higher risk for contrast-induced reactions:
- asthma
- cardiac arrhythmias
- central myasthenia gravis
- >70 years of age
- pheochromocytoma
- sickle cell anemia
- hyperthyroidism
- dehydration
- hypotension.
Although some older literature reported correlations between seafood and shellfish allergies and iodine contrast reactions, more recent reports suggest there may not be a direct correlation, or any correlation at all.5,6
Iodinated CIE is a rare complication of contrast angiography. It was first reported in 1970 as transient cortical blindness after coronary angiography.7 Clinical manifestations include encephalopathy evidenced by AMS, affected orientation, and acute psychotic changes, including paranoia and hallucinations, seizures, cortical blindness, and focal neurologic deficits. Neuroimaging has been pivotal in confirming the diagnosis and in excluding thromboembolic and hemorrhagic complications of angiography.8
Encephalopathy has been documented after administration of
Continue to: Regardless of the mechanism...
Regardless of the mechanism, all the above-mentioned studies note a reversal of radiologic and neurologic findings without any deficits within 48 to 72 hours (median recovery time of 2.5 days).3 All reported cases of CIE, including ours, were found to be completely reversible without any neurologic or radiologic deficits after resolution (48 to 72 hours post-contrast administration).
Clinicians should have a high index of suspicion for CIE in patients with recent iodine-based contrast exposure. From a practical standpoint, such a mechanism could be easily missed because while use of a single-administration contrast agent may appear in procedure notes or medication administration records, it might not necessarily appear in documentation of currently administered medications. Also, such cases might not always present with unique radiologic findings, as illustrated by Ms. L’s case.
Bottom Line
Have a high index of suspicion for contrast-induced encephalopathy, especially in geriatric patients, even in the absence of radiologic findings. A full delirium/dementia workup is warranted to rule out other life-threatening causes of altered mental status. Timely recognition could enable implementation of medicationsparing approaches to the disorder, such as IV fluids and frequent reorientation.
Related Resources
- Donepudi B, Trottier S. A seizure and hemiplegia following contrast exposure: Understanding contrast-induced encephalopathy. Case Rep Med. 2018;2018:9278526. doi:10.1155/2018/9278526.
- Hamra M, Bakhit Y, Khan M, et al. Case report and literature review on contrast-induced encephalopathy. Future Cardiol. 2017;13(4):331-335.
Drug Brand Names
Iohexol • Omnipaque
Iopamidol • Isovue-370
Iopromide • Ultravist
Ioxilan • Oxilan
1. Moreau F, Asdaghi N, Modi J, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging versus computed tomography in transient ischemic attack and minor stroke: the more you see the more you know. Cerebrovasc Dis Extra. 2013;3(1):130-136.
2. Barber PA, Hill MD, Eliasziw M, et al. Imaging of the brain in acute ischaemic stroke: comparison of computed tomography and magnetic resonance diffusion-weighted imaging. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2005;76(11):1528-1533.
3. Leong S, Fanning NF. Persistent neurological deficit from iodinated contrast encephalopathy following intracranial aneurysm coiling: a case report and review of the literature. Interv Neuroradiol. 2012;18(1):33-41.
4. Ito N, Nishio R, Ozuki T, et al. A state of delirium (confusion) following cerebral angiography with ioxilan: a case report. Nihon Igaku Hoshasen Gakkai Zasshi. 2002; 62(7):370-371.
5. Bottinor W, Polkampally P, Jovin I. Adverse reactions to iodinated contrast media. Int J Angiol. 2013;22:149-154.
6. Cohan R. AHRQ Patient Safety Network Reaction to Dye. US Department of Health and Human Services Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. https://psnet.ahrq.gov/webmm/case/75/reaction-to-dye. Published September 2004. Accessed March 5, 2017.
7. Fischer-Williams M, Gottschalk PG, Browell JN. Transient cortical blindness: an unusual complication of coronary angiography. Neurology. 1970;20(4):353-355.
8. Lantos G. Cortical blindness due to osmotic disruption of the blood-brain barrier by angiographic contrast material: CT and MRI studies. Neurology. 1989;39(4):567-571.
9. Kocabay G, Karabay CY. Iopromide-induced encephalopathy following coronary angioplasty. Perfusion. 2011;26:67-70.
10. Dangas G, Monsein LH, Laureno R, et al. Transient contrast encephalopathy after carotid artery stenting. Journal of Endovascular Therapy. 2001;8:111-113.
11. Sawaya RA, Hammoud R, Arnaout SJ, et al. Contrast induced encephalopathy following coronary angioplasty with iohexol. Southern Medical Journal. 2007;100(10):1054-1055.
1. Moreau F, Asdaghi N, Modi J, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging versus computed tomography in transient ischemic attack and minor stroke: the more you see the more you know. Cerebrovasc Dis Extra. 2013;3(1):130-136.
2. Barber PA, Hill MD, Eliasziw M, et al. Imaging of the brain in acute ischaemic stroke: comparison of computed tomography and magnetic resonance diffusion-weighted imaging. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2005;76(11):1528-1533.
3. Leong S, Fanning NF. Persistent neurological deficit from iodinated contrast encephalopathy following intracranial aneurysm coiling: a case report and review of the literature. Interv Neuroradiol. 2012;18(1):33-41.
4. Ito N, Nishio R, Ozuki T, et al. A state of delirium (confusion) following cerebral angiography with ioxilan: a case report. Nihon Igaku Hoshasen Gakkai Zasshi. 2002; 62(7):370-371.
5. Bottinor W, Polkampally P, Jovin I. Adverse reactions to iodinated contrast media. Int J Angiol. 2013;22:149-154.
6. Cohan R. AHRQ Patient Safety Network Reaction to Dye. US Department of Health and Human Services Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. https://psnet.ahrq.gov/webmm/case/75/reaction-to-dye. Published September 2004. Accessed March 5, 2017.
7. Fischer-Williams M, Gottschalk PG, Browell JN. Transient cortical blindness: an unusual complication of coronary angiography. Neurology. 1970;20(4):353-355.
8. Lantos G. Cortical blindness due to osmotic disruption of the blood-brain barrier by angiographic contrast material: CT and MRI studies. Neurology. 1989;39(4):567-571.
9. Kocabay G, Karabay CY. Iopromide-induced encephalopathy following coronary angioplasty. Perfusion. 2011;26:67-70.
10. Dangas G, Monsein LH, Laureno R, et al. Transient contrast encephalopathy after carotid artery stenting. Journal of Endovascular Therapy. 2001;8:111-113.
11. Sawaya RA, Hammoud R, Arnaout SJ, et al. Contrast induced encephalopathy following coronary angioplasty with iohexol. Southern Medical Journal. 2007;100(10):1054-1055.
Injectable extended-release naltrexone for opioid dependence: 3 studies
Death by drug overdose is the number one cause of death in Americans 50 years of age and younger.1 In 2016, there were 63,632 drug overdose deaths in the United States2 Opioids were involved in 42,249 of these deaths, which represents 66.4% of all drug overdose deaths.2 From 2015 to 2016, the age-adjusted rate of overdose deaths increased significantly by 21.5% from 16.3 per 100,000 to 19.8 per 100,000.2 This means that every day, more than 115 people in the United States die after overdosing on opioids. The misuse of and addiction to opioids—including prescription pain relievers, heroin, and synthetic opioids such as fentanyl—is a serious national crisis that affects public health as well as social and economic welfare.
The gold standard treatment is medication-assisted treatment (MAT)—the use of FDA-approved medications, in combination with counseling and behavioral therapies, to provide a “whole-patient” approach.3 When it comes to MAT options for opioid use disorder (OUD), there are 3 medications, each with its own caveats.
Methadone is an opioid mu-receptor full agonist that prevents withdrawal but does not block other narcotics. It requires daily dosing as a liquid formulation that is dispensed only in regulated clinics.
Buprenorphine is a mu-receptor high affinity partial agonist/antagonist that blocks the majority of other narcotics while reducing withdrawal risk. It requires daily dosing as either a dissolving tablet or cheek film. Recently it has also become available as a 6-month implant as well as a 1-month subcutaneous injection. Buprenorphine is also available as a combined medication with naloxone; naloxone is an opioid antagonist
Naltrexone is a mu-receptor antagonist that blocks the effects of most narcotics. It does not lead to dependence, and is administered daily as a pill or monthly as a deep IM injection of its extended-release formulation.
The first 2 medications are tightly regulated options that are not available in many areas of the United States. Naltrexone, when provided as a daily pill, has adherence issues. As with any illness, lack of adherence to treatment is problematic; in the case of patients with OUD, this includes a high risk of overdose and death.
The use of injectable extended-release naltrexone (XR-NTX) may be a way to address nonadherence and thus prevent relapse. One of the challenges limiting naltrexone’s applicability has been the length of time required for an “opioid washout” of the mu receptors prior to administering naltrexone, which is a mu blocker. The washout can take as long as 7 to 10 days. This interval is not feasible for patients receiving inpatient treatment, and patients receiving treatment as outpatients are vulnerable to relapse during this time. Recently, there have been several attempts to shorten this gap through various experimental protocols based on incremental doses of NTX to facilitate withdrawal while managing symptoms.
Continue to: When selecting appropriate candidates for NTX treatment...
When selecting appropriate candidates for NTX treatment, clinicians should consider individuals who are:
- not interested in or able to receive agonist maintenance treatment (ie, patients who do not have access to an appropriate clinic in their area, or who are restricted to agonist treatment by probation/parole)
- highly abstinence-oriented (eg, active in a 12-step program)
- in professions where agonists are controversial (eg, healthcare and airlines)
- detoxified and abstinent but at risk for relapse.
Individuals who have failed agonist treatment (eg, who experience cravings for opioids and use opioids while receiving it, or are nonadherent or diverting/misusing the medication), who have a less severe form of OUD (short history and low level of use), or who use sporadically are also optimal candidates for NTX. Aside from the relapse-vulnerable washout gap prior to induction, one of the concerns with antagonist treatments is treatment retention; anecdotal clinical reports suggest that individuals often discontinue antagonists in favor of agonists.
Several studies have investigated this by comparing XR-NTX with buprenorphine-naloxone (BUP-NX). Here we summarize 3 studies4-6 to describe which patients might be optimal candidates for XR-NTX, its success in comparison with BUP-NX, and challenges in induction of NTX, with a focus on emerging protocols (Table).
1. Tanum l, Solli KK, Latif ZH, et al. Effectiveness of injectable extended-release naltrexone vs daily buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid dependence: a randomized clinical noninferiority trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2017;74(12):1197-1205.
This study aimed to determine whether XR-NTX was not inferior to BUP-NX in the treatment of OUD.
Study design
- N = 159, multicenter, randomized, 12-week outpatient study in Norway
- After detoxification, participants were randomized to receive BUP-NX, 4 to 24 mg/d, or XR-NTX, 380 mg/month.
Continue to: Outcomes
Outcomes
- Comparable treatment retention between groups
- Comparable opioid-negative urine drug screens (UDS)
- Significantly lower opioid use in the XR-NTX group.
Conclusion
- XR-NTX was as effective as BUP-NX in maintaining short-term abstinence from heroin and other illicit opioids, and thus should be considered as a treatment option for opioid-dependent individuals.
While this study showed similar efficacy for XR-NTX and BUP-NX, it is important to note that the randomization occurred after patients were detoxified. As a full opioid antagonist, XR-NTX can precipitate severe withdrawal, so patients need to be completely detoxified before starting XR-NTX, in contrast to BUP-NX, which patients can start even while still in mild withdrawal. Additional studies are needed in which individuals are randomized before detoxification, which would make it possible to measure the success of induction.
2. Lee JD, Nunes, EV, Novo P, et al. Comparative effectiveness of extended-release naltrexone versus buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid relapse prevention (X:BOT): a multicentre, open-label, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2018;391(10118):309-318.
This study evaluated XR-NTX vs BUP-NX among adults with OUD who were actively using heroin at baseline and were admitted to community detoxification and treatment programs. Although the study began on inpatient units, it aimed to replicate usual community outpatient conditions across a 24-week outpatient treatment phase of this open-label, comparative effectiveness trial. Researchers assessed the effects on relapse-free survival, opioid use rates, and overdose events.
Study design
- N = 570, multicenter, randomized, 24-week study in the United States
- Detoxification methods: no opioids (clonidine or adjunctive medications), 3- to 5-day methadone taper, and 3- to 14-day BUP taper
- Protocol requirement: opioid-negative UDS before XR-NTX induction
- XR-NTX induction success ranged from 50% at a short-methadone-taper unit to 95% at an extended-opioid-free inpatient program. Nearly all induction failures quickly relapsed
- More participants inducted on BUP-NX group than XR-NTX group (94% vs 72%, respectively).
Continue to: Outcomes
Outcomes (once successfully inducted to treatment [n = 474])
- Comparable relapse events
- Comparable opioid-negative urine drug screens and opioid-abstinent days
- Opioid craving initially less with XR-NTX.
Conclusion
- It was more difficult to initiate patients on XR-NTX than BUP-NX, which negatively affected overall relapse rates. However, once initiated, both medications were equally safe and effective. Future work should focus on facilitating induction to XR-NTX and on improving treatment retention for both medications.
Regarding induction on NTX, patients must be detoxified and opioid-free for at least 7 days. If this medication is given to patients who are physically dependent and/or have opioids in their system, NTX will displace opioids off the receptor and precipitate a severe withdrawal (rather than a slow and gradual spontaneous withdrawal).
Several studies have examined the severity of opioid withdrawal (using Self Opioid Withdrawal Scale scoring) of patients undergoing detoxification with symptomatic management (eg, clonidine, loperamide, etc.), agonist-managed (eg, with a BUP taper), and without any assistance. As expected, the latter yielded the highest scoring and most uncomfortable experiences. Using scores from the first 2 groups, a threshold of symptom tolerability was established where patients remained somewhat comfortable during the process. During detoxification from heroin, administering any dose of NTX during the first 48 to 72 hours after the last use placed patients in a withdrawal of a magnitude above the limit of tolerability. At 48 to 72 hours, however, a very low NTX dose (3 to 6 mg) was found to be well tolerated, and withdrawal symptoms were easily managed supportively to accelerate the detoxification process. Several studies have attempted to devise protocols based on these findings in order to facilitate rapid induction onto NTX. The following study offers encouragement:
Continue to: 3. Sullivan M, Bisaga A, Pavlicova M...
3. Sullivan M, Bisaga A, Pavlicova M, et al. Long-acting injectable naltrexone induction: a randomized trial of outpatient opioid detoxification with naltrexone versus buprenorphine. Am J Psychiatry. 2017;174:459-467.
Study design
- N = 150 adults with OUD, randomized to outpatient opioid detoxification
- Patients were randomized to BUP- or NTX-facilitated detoxification, followed by XR-NTX
- BUP detoxification group underwent a 7-day BUP taper followed by a opioid-free week
- NTX group received a 1-day BUP dose followed by 6 days of ascending doses of oral NTX, along with clonidine and other adjunctive medications.
Outcomes
- NTX-assisted detoxification was significantly more successful for XR-NTX induction (56.1% vs 32.7%).
Conclusion
- Compared with the BUP-assisted detoxification group, NTX-assisted detoxification appears to make it significantly more likely for patients to be successfully inducted to XR-NTX.
The evidence discussed here holds promise in addressing some of the major issues surrounding MAT. For suitable candidates, XR-NTX seems to be as efficacious an option as agonist (BUP) MAT, and its induction limitations could be overcome by using NTX-facilitated detoxification protocols.
1. Rudd RA, Seth P, David F, et al. Increases in drug and opioid-involved overdose deaths - United States, 2010-2015. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(50-51):1445-1452.
2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Drug overdose death data. https://www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/data/statedeaths.html. Updated December 19, 2017. Accessed October 24, 2018.
3. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Medication-assisted treatment (MAT). https://www.samhsa.gov/medication-assisted-treatment. Updated February 7, 2018. Accessed October 23, 2018.
4. Tanum L, Solli KK, Latif ZH, et al. Effectiveness of injectable extended-release naltrexone vs daily buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid dependence: A randomized clinical noninferiority trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2017;74(12):1197-1205.
5. Lee JD, Nunes, EV, Novo P, et al. Comparative effectiveness of extended-release naltrexone versus buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid relapse prevention (X:BOT): a multicentre, open-label, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2018;391(10118):309-318.
6. Sullivan M, Bisaga A, Pavlicova M, et al. Long-acting injectable naltrexone induction: a randomized trial of outpatient opioid detoxification with naltrexone versus buprenorphine. Am J Psychiatry. 2017;174:459-467.
Death by drug overdose is the number one cause of death in Americans 50 years of age and younger.1 In 2016, there were 63,632 drug overdose deaths in the United States2 Opioids were involved in 42,249 of these deaths, which represents 66.4% of all drug overdose deaths.2 From 2015 to 2016, the age-adjusted rate of overdose deaths increased significantly by 21.5% from 16.3 per 100,000 to 19.8 per 100,000.2 This means that every day, more than 115 people in the United States die after overdosing on opioids. The misuse of and addiction to opioids—including prescription pain relievers, heroin, and synthetic opioids such as fentanyl—is a serious national crisis that affects public health as well as social and economic welfare.
The gold standard treatment is medication-assisted treatment (MAT)—the use of FDA-approved medications, in combination with counseling and behavioral therapies, to provide a “whole-patient” approach.3 When it comes to MAT options for opioid use disorder (OUD), there are 3 medications, each with its own caveats.
Methadone is an opioid mu-receptor full agonist that prevents withdrawal but does not block other narcotics. It requires daily dosing as a liquid formulation that is dispensed only in regulated clinics.
Buprenorphine is a mu-receptor high affinity partial agonist/antagonist that blocks the majority of other narcotics while reducing withdrawal risk. It requires daily dosing as either a dissolving tablet or cheek film. Recently it has also become available as a 6-month implant as well as a 1-month subcutaneous injection. Buprenorphine is also available as a combined medication with naloxone; naloxone is an opioid antagonist
Naltrexone is a mu-receptor antagonist that blocks the effects of most narcotics. It does not lead to dependence, and is administered daily as a pill or monthly as a deep IM injection of its extended-release formulation.
The first 2 medications are tightly regulated options that are not available in many areas of the United States. Naltrexone, when provided as a daily pill, has adherence issues. As with any illness, lack of adherence to treatment is problematic; in the case of patients with OUD, this includes a high risk of overdose and death.
The use of injectable extended-release naltrexone (XR-NTX) may be a way to address nonadherence and thus prevent relapse. One of the challenges limiting naltrexone’s applicability has been the length of time required for an “opioid washout” of the mu receptors prior to administering naltrexone, which is a mu blocker. The washout can take as long as 7 to 10 days. This interval is not feasible for patients receiving inpatient treatment, and patients receiving treatment as outpatients are vulnerable to relapse during this time. Recently, there have been several attempts to shorten this gap through various experimental protocols based on incremental doses of NTX to facilitate withdrawal while managing symptoms.
Continue to: When selecting appropriate candidates for NTX treatment...
When selecting appropriate candidates for NTX treatment, clinicians should consider individuals who are:
- not interested in or able to receive agonist maintenance treatment (ie, patients who do not have access to an appropriate clinic in their area, or who are restricted to agonist treatment by probation/parole)
- highly abstinence-oriented (eg, active in a 12-step program)
- in professions where agonists are controversial (eg, healthcare and airlines)
- detoxified and abstinent but at risk for relapse.
Individuals who have failed agonist treatment (eg, who experience cravings for opioids and use opioids while receiving it, or are nonadherent or diverting/misusing the medication), who have a less severe form of OUD (short history and low level of use), or who use sporadically are also optimal candidates for NTX. Aside from the relapse-vulnerable washout gap prior to induction, one of the concerns with antagonist treatments is treatment retention; anecdotal clinical reports suggest that individuals often discontinue antagonists in favor of agonists.
Several studies have investigated this by comparing XR-NTX with buprenorphine-naloxone (BUP-NX). Here we summarize 3 studies4-6 to describe which patients might be optimal candidates for XR-NTX, its success in comparison with BUP-NX, and challenges in induction of NTX, with a focus on emerging protocols (Table).
1. Tanum l, Solli KK, Latif ZH, et al. Effectiveness of injectable extended-release naltrexone vs daily buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid dependence: a randomized clinical noninferiority trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2017;74(12):1197-1205.
This study aimed to determine whether XR-NTX was not inferior to BUP-NX in the treatment of OUD.
Study design
- N = 159, multicenter, randomized, 12-week outpatient study in Norway
- After detoxification, participants were randomized to receive BUP-NX, 4 to 24 mg/d, or XR-NTX, 380 mg/month.
Continue to: Outcomes
Outcomes
- Comparable treatment retention between groups
- Comparable opioid-negative urine drug screens (UDS)
- Significantly lower opioid use in the XR-NTX group.
Conclusion
- XR-NTX was as effective as BUP-NX in maintaining short-term abstinence from heroin and other illicit opioids, and thus should be considered as a treatment option for opioid-dependent individuals.
While this study showed similar efficacy for XR-NTX and BUP-NX, it is important to note that the randomization occurred after patients were detoxified. As a full opioid antagonist, XR-NTX can precipitate severe withdrawal, so patients need to be completely detoxified before starting XR-NTX, in contrast to BUP-NX, which patients can start even while still in mild withdrawal. Additional studies are needed in which individuals are randomized before detoxification, which would make it possible to measure the success of induction.
2. Lee JD, Nunes, EV, Novo P, et al. Comparative effectiveness of extended-release naltrexone versus buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid relapse prevention (X:BOT): a multicentre, open-label, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2018;391(10118):309-318.
This study evaluated XR-NTX vs BUP-NX among adults with OUD who were actively using heroin at baseline and were admitted to community detoxification and treatment programs. Although the study began on inpatient units, it aimed to replicate usual community outpatient conditions across a 24-week outpatient treatment phase of this open-label, comparative effectiveness trial. Researchers assessed the effects on relapse-free survival, opioid use rates, and overdose events.
Study design
- N = 570, multicenter, randomized, 24-week study in the United States
- Detoxification methods: no opioids (clonidine or adjunctive medications), 3- to 5-day methadone taper, and 3- to 14-day BUP taper
- Protocol requirement: opioid-negative UDS before XR-NTX induction
- XR-NTX induction success ranged from 50% at a short-methadone-taper unit to 95% at an extended-opioid-free inpatient program. Nearly all induction failures quickly relapsed
- More participants inducted on BUP-NX group than XR-NTX group (94% vs 72%, respectively).
Continue to: Outcomes
Outcomes (once successfully inducted to treatment [n = 474])
- Comparable relapse events
- Comparable opioid-negative urine drug screens and opioid-abstinent days
- Opioid craving initially less with XR-NTX.
Conclusion
- It was more difficult to initiate patients on XR-NTX than BUP-NX, which negatively affected overall relapse rates. However, once initiated, both medications were equally safe and effective. Future work should focus on facilitating induction to XR-NTX and on improving treatment retention for both medications.
Regarding induction on NTX, patients must be detoxified and opioid-free for at least 7 days. If this medication is given to patients who are physically dependent and/or have opioids in their system, NTX will displace opioids off the receptor and precipitate a severe withdrawal (rather than a slow and gradual spontaneous withdrawal).
Several studies have examined the severity of opioid withdrawal (using Self Opioid Withdrawal Scale scoring) of patients undergoing detoxification with symptomatic management (eg, clonidine, loperamide, etc.), agonist-managed (eg, with a BUP taper), and without any assistance. As expected, the latter yielded the highest scoring and most uncomfortable experiences. Using scores from the first 2 groups, a threshold of symptom tolerability was established where patients remained somewhat comfortable during the process. During detoxification from heroin, administering any dose of NTX during the first 48 to 72 hours after the last use placed patients in a withdrawal of a magnitude above the limit of tolerability. At 48 to 72 hours, however, a very low NTX dose (3 to 6 mg) was found to be well tolerated, and withdrawal symptoms were easily managed supportively to accelerate the detoxification process. Several studies have attempted to devise protocols based on these findings in order to facilitate rapid induction onto NTX. The following study offers encouragement:
Continue to: 3. Sullivan M, Bisaga A, Pavlicova M...
3. Sullivan M, Bisaga A, Pavlicova M, et al. Long-acting injectable naltrexone induction: a randomized trial of outpatient opioid detoxification with naltrexone versus buprenorphine. Am J Psychiatry. 2017;174:459-467.
Study design
- N = 150 adults with OUD, randomized to outpatient opioid detoxification
- Patients were randomized to BUP- or NTX-facilitated detoxification, followed by XR-NTX
- BUP detoxification group underwent a 7-day BUP taper followed by a opioid-free week
- NTX group received a 1-day BUP dose followed by 6 days of ascending doses of oral NTX, along with clonidine and other adjunctive medications.
Outcomes
- NTX-assisted detoxification was significantly more successful for XR-NTX induction (56.1% vs 32.7%).
Conclusion
- Compared with the BUP-assisted detoxification group, NTX-assisted detoxification appears to make it significantly more likely for patients to be successfully inducted to XR-NTX.
The evidence discussed here holds promise in addressing some of the major issues surrounding MAT. For suitable candidates, XR-NTX seems to be as efficacious an option as agonist (BUP) MAT, and its induction limitations could be overcome by using NTX-facilitated detoxification protocols.
Death by drug overdose is the number one cause of death in Americans 50 years of age and younger.1 In 2016, there were 63,632 drug overdose deaths in the United States2 Opioids were involved in 42,249 of these deaths, which represents 66.4% of all drug overdose deaths.2 From 2015 to 2016, the age-adjusted rate of overdose deaths increased significantly by 21.5% from 16.3 per 100,000 to 19.8 per 100,000.2 This means that every day, more than 115 people in the United States die after overdosing on opioids. The misuse of and addiction to opioids—including prescription pain relievers, heroin, and synthetic opioids such as fentanyl—is a serious national crisis that affects public health as well as social and economic welfare.
The gold standard treatment is medication-assisted treatment (MAT)—the use of FDA-approved medications, in combination with counseling and behavioral therapies, to provide a “whole-patient” approach.3 When it comes to MAT options for opioid use disorder (OUD), there are 3 medications, each with its own caveats.
Methadone is an opioid mu-receptor full agonist that prevents withdrawal but does not block other narcotics. It requires daily dosing as a liquid formulation that is dispensed only in regulated clinics.
Buprenorphine is a mu-receptor high affinity partial agonist/antagonist that blocks the majority of other narcotics while reducing withdrawal risk. It requires daily dosing as either a dissolving tablet or cheek film. Recently it has also become available as a 6-month implant as well as a 1-month subcutaneous injection. Buprenorphine is also available as a combined medication with naloxone; naloxone is an opioid antagonist
Naltrexone is a mu-receptor antagonist that blocks the effects of most narcotics. It does not lead to dependence, and is administered daily as a pill or monthly as a deep IM injection of its extended-release formulation.
The first 2 medications are tightly regulated options that are not available in many areas of the United States. Naltrexone, when provided as a daily pill, has adherence issues. As with any illness, lack of adherence to treatment is problematic; in the case of patients with OUD, this includes a high risk of overdose and death.
The use of injectable extended-release naltrexone (XR-NTX) may be a way to address nonadherence and thus prevent relapse. One of the challenges limiting naltrexone’s applicability has been the length of time required for an “opioid washout” of the mu receptors prior to administering naltrexone, which is a mu blocker. The washout can take as long as 7 to 10 days. This interval is not feasible for patients receiving inpatient treatment, and patients receiving treatment as outpatients are vulnerable to relapse during this time. Recently, there have been several attempts to shorten this gap through various experimental protocols based on incremental doses of NTX to facilitate withdrawal while managing symptoms.
Continue to: When selecting appropriate candidates for NTX treatment...
When selecting appropriate candidates for NTX treatment, clinicians should consider individuals who are:
- not interested in or able to receive agonist maintenance treatment (ie, patients who do not have access to an appropriate clinic in their area, or who are restricted to agonist treatment by probation/parole)
- highly abstinence-oriented (eg, active in a 12-step program)
- in professions where agonists are controversial (eg, healthcare and airlines)
- detoxified and abstinent but at risk for relapse.
Individuals who have failed agonist treatment (eg, who experience cravings for opioids and use opioids while receiving it, or are nonadherent or diverting/misusing the medication), who have a less severe form of OUD (short history and low level of use), or who use sporadically are also optimal candidates for NTX. Aside from the relapse-vulnerable washout gap prior to induction, one of the concerns with antagonist treatments is treatment retention; anecdotal clinical reports suggest that individuals often discontinue antagonists in favor of agonists.
Several studies have investigated this by comparing XR-NTX with buprenorphine-naloxone (BUP-NX). Here we summarize 3 studies4-6 to describe which patients might be optimal candidates for XR-NTX, its success in comparison with BUP-NX, and challenges in induction of NTX, with a focus on emerging protocols (Table).
1. Tanum l, Solli KK, Latif ZH, et al. Effectiveness of injectable extended-release naltrexone vs daily buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid dependence: a randomized clinical noninferiority trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2017;74(12):1197-1205.
This study aimed to determine whether XR-NTX was not inferior to BUP-NX in the treatment of OUD.
Study design
- N = 159, multicenter, randomized, 12-week outpatient study in Norway
- After detoxification, participants were randomized to receive BUP-NX, 4 to 24 mg/d, or XR-NTX, 380 mg/month.
Continue to: Outcomes
Outcomes
- Comparable treatment retention between groups
- Comparable opioid-negative urine drug screens (UDS)
- Significantly lower opioid use in the XR-NTX group.
Conclusion
- XR-NTX was as effective as BUP-NX in maintaining short-term abstinence from heroin and other illicit opioids, and thus should be considered as a treatment option for opioid-dependent individuals.
While this study showed similar efficacy for XR-NTX and BUP-NX, it is important to note that the randomization occurred after patients were detoxified. As a full opioid antagonist, XR-NTX can precipitate severe withdrawal, so patients need to be completely detoxified before starting XR-NTX, in contrast to BUP-NX, which patients can start even while still in mild withdrawal. Additional studies are needed in which individuals are randomized before detoxification, which would make it possible to measure the success of induction.
2. Lee JD, Nunes, EV, Novo P, et al. Comparative effectiveness of extended-release naltrexone versus buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid relapse prevention (X:BOT): a multicentre, open-label, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2018;391(10118):309-318.
This study evaluated XR-NTX vs BUP-NX among adults with OUD who were actively using heroin at baseline and were admitted to community detoxification and treatment programs. Although the study began on inpatient units, it aimed to replicate usual community outpatient conditions across a 24-week outpatient treatment phase of this open-label, comparative effectiveness trial. Researchers assessed the effects on relapse-free survival, opioid use rates, and overdose events.
Study design
- N = 570, multicenter, randomized, 24-week study in the United States
- Detoxification methods: no opioids (clonidine or adjunctive medications), 3- to 5-day methadone taper, and 3- to 14-day BUP taper
- Protocol requirement: opioid-negative UDS before XR-NTX induction
- XR-NTX induction success ranged from 50% at a short-methadone-taper unit to 95% at an extended-opioid-free inpatient program. Nearly all induction failures quickly relapsed
- More participants inducted on BUP-NX group than XR-NTX group (94% vs 72%, respectively).
Continue to: Outcomes
Outcomes (once successfully inducted to treatment [n = 474])
- Comparable relapse events
- Comparable opioid-negative urine drug screens and opioid-abstinent days
- Opioid craving initially less with XR-NTX.
Conclusion
- It was more difficult to initiate patients on XR-NTX than BUP-NX, which negatively affected overall relapse rates. However, once initiated, both medications were equally safe and effective. Future work should focus on facilitating induction to XR-NTX and on improving treatment retention for both medications.
Regarding induction on NTX, patients must be detoxified and opioid-free for at least 7 days. If this medication is given to patients who are physically dependent and/or have opioids in their system, NTX will displace opioids off the receptor and precipitate a severe withdrawal (rather than a slow and gradual spontaneous withdrawal).
Several studies have examined the severity of opioid withdrawal (using Self Opioid Withdrawal Scale scoring) of patients undergoing detoxification with symptomatic management (eg, clonidine, loperamide, etc.), agonist-managed (eg, with a BUP taper), and without any assistance. As expected, the latter yielded the highest scoring and most uncomfortable experiences. Using scores from the first 2 groups, a threshold of symptom tolerability was established where patients remained somewhat comfortable during the process. During detoxification from heroin, administering any dose of NTX during the first 48 to 72 hours after the last use placed patients in a withdrawal of a magnitude above the limit of tolerability. At 48 to 72 hours, however, a very low NTX dose (3 to 6 mg) was found to be well tolerated, and withdrawal symptoms were easily managed supportively to accelerate the detoxification process. Several studies have attempted to devise protocols based on these findings in order to facilitate rapid induction onto NTX. The following study offers encouragement:
Continue to: 3. Sullivan M, Bisaga A, Pavlicova M...
3. Sullivan M, Bisaga A, Pavlicova M, et al. Long-acting injectable naltrexone induction: a randomized trial of outpatient opioid detoxification with naltrexone versus buprenorphine. Am J Psychiatry. 2017;174:459-467.
Study design
- N = 150 adults with OUD, randomized to outpatient opioid detoxification
- Patients were randomized to BUP- or NTX-facilitated detoxification, followed by XR-NTX
- BUP detoxification group underwent a 7-day BUP taper followed by a opioid-free week
- NTX group received a 1-day BUP dose followed by 6 days of ascending doses of oral NTX, along with clonidine and other adjunctive medications.
Outcomes
- NTX-assisted detoxification was significantly more successful for XR-NTX induction (56.1% vs 32.7%).
Conclusion
- Compared with the BUP-assisted detoxification group, NTX-assisted detoxification appears to make it significantly more likely for patients to be successfully inducted to XR-NTX.
The evidence discussed here holds promise in addressing some of the major issues surrounding MAT. For suitable candidates, XR-NTX seems to be as efficacious an option as agonist (BUP) MAT, and its induction limitations could be overcome by using NTX-facilitated detoxification protocols.
1. Rudd RA, Seth P, David F, et al. Increases in drug and opioid-involved overdose deaths - United States, 2010-2015. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(50-51):1445-1452.
2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Drug overdose death data. https://www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/data/statedeaths.html. Updated December 19, 2017. Accessed October 24, 2018.
3. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Medication-assisted treatment (MAT). https://www.samhsa.gov/medication-assisted-treatment. Updated February 7, 2018. Accessed October 23, 2018.
4. Tanum L, Solli KK, Latif ZH, et al. Effectiveness of injectable extended-release naltrexone vs daily buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid dependence: A randomized clinical noninferiority trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2017;74(12):1197-1205.
5. Lee JD, Nunes, EV, Novo P, et al. Comparative effectiveness of extended-release naltrexone versus buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid relapse prevention (X:BOT): a multicentre, open-label, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2018;391(10118):309-318.
6. Sullivan M, Bisaga A, Pavlicova M, et al. Long-acting injectable naltrexone induction: a randomized trial of outpatient opioid detoxification with naltrexone versus buprenorphine. Am J Psychiatry. 2017;174:459-467.
1. Rudd RA, Seth P, David F, et al. Increases in drug and opioid-involved overdose deaths - United States, 2010-2015. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(50-51):1445-1452.
2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Drug overdose death data. https://www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/data/statedeaths.html. Updated December 19, 2017. Accessed October 24, 2018.
3. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Medication-assisted treatment (MAT). https://www.samhsa.gov/medication-assisted-treatment. Updated February 7, 2018. Accessed October 23, 2018.
4. Tanum L, Solli KK, Latif ZH, et al. Effectiveness of injectable extended-release naltrexone vs daily buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid dependence: A randomized clinical noninferiority trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2017;74(12):1197-1205.
5. Lee JD, Nunes, EV, Novo P, et al. Comparative effectiveness of extended-release naltrexone versus buprenorphine-naloxone for opioid relapse prevention (X:BOT): a multicentre, open-label, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2018;391(10118):309-318.
6. Sullivan M, Bisaga A, Pavlicova M, et al. Long-acting injectable naltrexone induction: a randomized trial of outpatient opioid detoxification with naltrexone versus buprenorphine. Am J Psychiatry. 2017;174:459-467.
Seasonality of birth and psychiatric illness
“To every thing there is a season, and a time to every purpose under the heaven.”
— Ecclesiastes
The month of birth is not just relevant to one’s astrological sign. It may have medical consequences. An impressive number of published studies have found that the month and season of birth may be related to a higher risk of various medical and psychiatric disorders.
For decades, it has been reported in more than 250 studies1 that a disproportionate number of individuals with schizophrenia are born during the winter months (January/February/March in the Northern Hemisphere and July/August/September in the Southern Hemisphere). This seasonal pattern was eventually linked to the lack of sunlight during winter months and a deficiency of vitamin D, a hormone that is critical for normal brain development. Recent studies have reported that very low serum levels of vitamin D during pregnancy significantly increase the risk of schizophrenia in offspring.2
But the plot thickens. Numerous studies over the past 20 to 30 years have reported an association between month or season of birth with sundry general medical and psychiatric conditions. Even longevity has been reported to vary with season of birth, with a longer life span for people born in autumn (October to December), compared with those born in spring (April to June).3 Of note, a longer life span for an individual born in autumn has been attributed to a higher birth weight during that season compared with those born in other seasons. In addition, the shorter life span of those with spring births has been attributed to factors during fetal life that increase the susceptibility to disease later in life (after age 50).
The following studies have reported an association between month/season of birth and general medical disorders:
- Higher rate of myopia for summer births4
- Tenfold higher risk of respiratory syntactical virus in babies born in January compared with October, and a 2 to 3 times higher risk of hospitalization5
- Higher rates of asthma during childhood for March and April births6
- Lower rate of lung cancer for winter births compared with all other seasons7
- An excess of colon and rectal cancer for people born in September, and the lowest rate for spring births8
- Lowest diabetes risk for summer births9
- For males: Cardiac mortality is 11% less likely for 4th-quarter births compared with 1st-quarter births. For females: Cancer mortality is lowest in 3rd-quarter vs 1st-quarter births10
- The peak risk for both Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin lymphoma is for April births compared with other months11
- A strong trend for malignant neoplasm in males was reported for births during the 1st trimester of the year (January through April) compared with the rest of the year12
- Higher rate of spring births among patients who have insulin-dependent diabetes13
- Breast cancer is 5% higher for June births compared with December births14
- Higher risk of developing an allergy later in life for those born approximately 3 months before the main allergy season.15
The above studies may imply that birth seasonality is medical destiny. However, most such reports need further replication, or may be due to chance findings in various databases. However, they are worth considering as hypothesis-generating signals.
Continue to: And now for the risk of psychiatric disorders...
And now for the risk of psychiatric disorders and month or season of birth. Here, too, there are multiple published reports:
- Higher social anhedonia and schizoid features among persons born in June and July16
- Higher autism rates for children conceived in December to March compared with those conceived during summer months17
- In contrast to the above report, the risk of autism spectrum disorders in the United Kingdom was higher for those born in summer18
- Another study labeled seasonality of birth in autism as “fiction”!19
- Significant spring births for persons with anxiety20
- Highest occurrence of postpartum depression in December21
- High prepartum depression in winter and postpartum depression in fall22
- Lower performance IQ among spring births23
- Disproportionate excess of births in April, May, and June for those who die by suicide24
- Suicide by burning oneself is higher among individuals born in January compared with any other month25
- Relative increase in March and August births among patients with anorexia26
- Season of birth is a predictor of emotional and behavioral regulation27
- Serotonin metabolites show a peak in spring and a trough in fall28
- Increase of spring births in individuals with Down syndrome29
- Excess of spring births among patients with Alzheimer’s disease.30
As with the seasonality of medical illness risk, the association of the month or season of birth with psychiatric disorders may be based on skewed samples or simply a chance finding. However, there may be some seasonal environmental factors that could increase the risk for disorders of the body or the brain/mind. The most plausible factors may be season-related fetal developmental disruptions caused by maternal infection, diet, lack of sunlight, temperature, substance use, or immune dysregulation from comorbid medical conditions during pregnancy. Some researchers have speculated that fluctuations in the availability of various fresh fruits and vegetables during certain seasons of the year may influence fetal development or increase the susceptibility to some medical disorders. This may be at the time of conception or during the 2nd trimester of pregnancy, when the brain develops.
On the other hand, those studies, published in peer-reviewed journals, may constitute a sophisticated form of “psychiatric astrology” whose credibility could be as suspect as the imaginative predictions of one’s horoscope in the daily newspaper…
To comment on this editorial or other topics of interest: [email protected].
1. Torrey EF, Miller J, Rawlings R, et al. Seasonality of births in schizophrenia and bipolar disorder: a review of the literature. Schizophr Res. 1997;28(1):1-38.
2. McGrath J, Welham J, Pemberton M. Month of birth, hemisphere of birth and schizophrenia. Br J Psychiatry. 1995;167(6):783-785.
3. Doblhammer G, Vaupel JW. Lifespan depends on month of birth. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2001;98(5):2934-2939.
4. Mandel Y, Grotto I, El-Yaniv R, et al. Season of birth, natural light, and myopia. Ophthalmology. 2008;115(4):686-692.
5. Lloyd PC, May L, Hoffman D, et al. The effect of birth month on the risk of respiratory syncytial virus hospitalization in the first year of life in the United States. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 2014;33(6):e135-e140.
6. Gazala E, Ron-Feldman V, Alterman M, et al. The association between birth season and future development of childhood asthma. Pediatr Pulmonol. 2006;41(12):1125-1128.
7. Hao Y, Yan L, Ke E, et al. Birth in winter can reduce the risk of lung cancer: A retrospective study of the birth season of patients with lung cancer in Beijing area, China. Chronobiol Int. 2017;34(4):511-518.
8. Francis NK, Curtis NJ, Noble E, et al. Is month of birth a risk factor for colorectal cancer? Gastroenterol Res Pract. 2017;2017:5423765. doi: 10.1155/2017/5423765.
9. Si J, Yu C, Guo Y, et al; China Kadoorie Biobank Collaborative Group. Season of birth and the risk of type 2 diabetes in adulthood: a prospective cohort study of 0.5 million Chinese adults. Diabetologia. 2017;60(5):836-842.
10. Sohn K. The influence of birth season on mortality in the United States. Am J Hum Biol. 2016;28(5):662-670.
11. Crump C, Sundquist J, Sieh W, et al. Season of birth and risk of Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin lymphoma. Int J Cancer. 2014;135(11):2735-2739.
12. Stoupel E, Abramson E, Fenig E. Birth month of patients with malignant neoplasms: links to longevity? J Basic Clin Physiol Pharmacol. 2012;23(2):57-60.
13. Rothwell PM, Gutnikov SA, McKinney PA, et al. Seasonality of birth in children with diabetes in Europe: multicentre cohort study. European Diabetes Study Group. BMJ. 1999;319(7214):887-888.
14. Yuen J, Ekbom A, Trichopoulos D, et al. Season of birth and breast cancer risk in Sweden. Br J Cancer. 1994;70(3):564-568.
15. Aalberse RC, Nieuwenhuys EJ, Hey M, et al. ‘Horoscope effect’ not only for seasonal but also for non-seasonal allergens. Clin Exp Allergy. 1992;22(11):1003-1006.
16. Kirkpatrick B, Messias E, LaPorte D. Schizoid-like features and season of birth in a nonpatient sample. Schizophr Res. 2008;103:151-155.
17. Zerbo O, Iosif AM, Delwiche L, et al. Month of conception and risk of autism. Epidemiology. 2011;22(4):469-475.
18. Hebert KJ, Miller LL, Joinson CJ. Association of autistic spectrum disorder with season of birth and conception in a UK cohort. Autism Res. 2010;3(4):185-190.
19. Landau EC, Cicchetti DV, Klin A, et al. Season of birth in autism: a fiction revisited. J Autism Dev Disord. 1999;29(5):385-393.
20. Parker G, Neilson M. Mental disorder and season of birth--a southern hemisphere study. Br J Psychiatry. 1976;129:355-361.
21. Sit D, Seltman H, Wisner KL. Seasonal effects on depression risk and suicidal symptoms in postpartum women. Depress Anxiety. 2011;28(5):400-405.
22. Chan JE, Samaranayaka A, Paterson H. Seasonal and gestational variation in perinatal depression in a prospective cohort in New Zealand. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol. 2018. [Epub ahead of print]. doi: 10.1111/ajo.12912.
23. Grootendorst-van Mil NH, Steegers-Theunissen RP, Hofman A, et al. Brighter children? The association between seasonality of birth and child IQ in a population-based birth cohort. BMJ Open. 2017;7(2):e012406. doi: 10.1136/bmjopen-2016-012406.
24. Salib E, Cortina-Borja M. Effect of month of birth on the risk of suicide. Br J Psychiatry. 2006;188:416-422.
25. Salib E, Cortina-Borja M. An association between month of birth and method of suicide. Int J Psychiatry Clin Pract. 2010;14(1):8-17.
26. Brewerton TD, Dansky BS, O’Neil PM, et al. Seasonal patterns of birth for subjects with bulimia nervosa, binge eating, and purging: results from the National Women’s Study. Int J Eat Disord. 2012;45(1):131-134.
27. Asano R, Tsuchiya KJ, Harada T, et al; for Hamamatsu Birth Cohort (HBC) Study Team. Season of birth predicts emotional and behavioral regulation in 18-month-old infants: Hamamatsu birth cohort for mothers and children (HBC Study). Front Public Health. 2016;4:152.
28. Luykx JJ, Bakker SC, Lentjes E, et al. Season of sampling and season of birth influence serotonin metabolite levels in human cerebrospinal fluid. PLoS One. 2012;7(2):e30497. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0030497.
29. Videbech P, Nielsen J. Chromosome abnormalities and season of birth. Hum Genet. 1984;65(3):221-231.
30. Vézina H, Houde L, Charbonneau H, et al. Season of birth and Alzheimer’s disease: a population-based study in Saguenay-Lac-St-Jean/Québec (IMAGE Project). Psychol Med. 1996;26(1):143-149.
“To every thing there is a season, and a time to every purpose under the heaven.”
— Ecclesiastes
The month of birth is not just relevant to one’s astrological sign. It may have medical consequences. An impressive number of published studies have found that the month and season of birth may be related to a higher risk of various medical and psychiatric disorders.
For decades, it has been reported in more than 250 studies1 that a disproportionate number of individuals with schizophrenia are born during the winter months (January/February/March in the Northern Hemisphere and July/August/September in the Southern Hemisphere). This seasonal pattern was eventually linked to the lack of sunlight during winter months and a deficiency of vitamin D, a hormone that is critical for normal brain development. Recent studies have reported that very low serum levels of vitamin D during pregnancy significantly increase the risk of schizophrenia in offspring.2
But the plot thickens. Numerous studies over the past 20 to 30 years have reported an association between month or season of birth with sundry general medical and psychiatric conditions. Even longevity has been reported to vary with season of birth, with a longer life span for people born in autumn (October to December), compared with those born in spring (April to June).3 Of note, a longer life span for an individual born in autumn has been attributed to a higher birth weight during that season compared with those born in other seasons. In addition, the shorter life span of those with spring births has been attributed to factors during fetal life that increase the susceptibility to disease later in life (after age 50).
The following studies have reported an association between month/season of birth and general medical disorders:
- Higher rate of myopia for summer births4
- Tenfold higher risk of respiratory syntactical virus in babies born in January compared with October, and a 2 to 3 times higher risk of hospitalization5
- Higher rates of asthma during childhood for March and April births6
- Lower rate of lung cancer for winter births compared with all other seasons7
- An excess of colon and rectal cancer for people born in September, and the lowest rate for spring births8
- Lowest diabetes risk for summer births9
- For males: Cardiac mortality is 11% less likely for 4th-quarter births compared with 1st-quarter births. For females: Cancer mortality is lowest in 3rd-quarter vs 1st-quarter births10
- The peak risk for both Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin lymphoma is for April births compared with other months11
- A strong trend for malignant neoplasm in males was reported for births during the 1st trimester of the year (January through April) compared with the rest of the year12
- Higher rate of spring births among patients who have insulin-dependent diabetes13
- Breast cancer is 5% higher for June births compared with December births14
- Higher risk of developing an allergy later in life for those born approximately 3 months before the main allergy season.15
The above studies may imply that birth seasonality is medical destiny. However, most such reports need further replication, or may be due to chance findings in various databases. However, they are worth considering as hypothesis-generating signals.
Continue to: And now for the risk of psychiatric disorders...
And now for the risk of psychiatric disorders and month or season of birth. Here, too, there are multiple published reports:
- Higher social anhedonia and schizoid features among persons born in June and July16
- Higher autism rates for children conceived in December to March compared with those conceived during summer months17
- In contrast to the above report, the risk of autism spectrum disorders in the United Kingdom was higher for those born in summer18
- Another study labeled seasonality of birth in autism as “fiction”!19
- Significant spring births for persons with anxiety20
- Highest occurrence of postpartum depression in December21
- High prepartum depression in winter and postpartum depression in fall22
- Lower performance IQ among spring births23
- Disproportionate excess of births in April, May, and June for those who die by suicide24
- Suicide by burning oneself is higher among individuals born in January compared with any other month25
- Relative increase in March and August births among patients with anorexia26
- Season of birth is a predictor of emotional and behavioral regulation27
- Serotonin metabolites show a peak in spring and a trough in fall28
- Increase of spring births in individuals with Down syndrome29
- Excess of spring births among patients with Alzheimer’s disease.30
As with the seasonality of medical illness risk, the association of the month or season of birth with psychiatric disorders may be based on skewed samples or simply a chance finding. However, there may be some seasonal environmental factors that could increase the risk for disorders of the body or the brain/mind. The most plausible factors may be season-related fetal developmental disruptions caused by maternal infection, diet, lack of sunlight, temperature, substance use, or immune dysregulation from comorbid medical conditions during pregnancy. Some researchers have speculated that fluctuations in the availability of various fresh fruits and vegetables during certain seasons of the year may influence fetal development or increase the susceptibility to some medical disorders. This may be at the time of conception or during the 2nd trimester of pregnancy, when the brain develops.
On the other hand, those studies, published in peer-reviewed journals, may constitute a sophisticated form of “psychiatric astrology” whose credibility could be as suspect as the imaginative predictions of one’s horoscope in the daily newspaper…
To comment on this editorial or other topics of interest: [email protected].
“To every thing there is a season, and a time to every purpose under the heaven.”
— Ecclesiastes
The month of birth is not just relevant to one’s astrological sign. It may have medical consequences. An impressive number of published studies have found that the month and season of birth may be related to a higher risk of various medical and psychiatric disorders.
For decades, it has been reported in more than 250 studies1 that a disproportionate number of individuals with schizophrenia are born during the winter months (January/February/March in the Northern Hemisphere and July/August/September in the Southern Hemisphere). This seasonal pattern was eventually linked to the lack of sunlight during winter months and a deficiency of vitamin D, a hormone that is critical for normal brain development. Recent studies have reported that very low serum levels of vitamin D during pregnancy significantly increase the risk of schizophrenia in offspring.2
But the plot thickens. Numerous studies over the past 20 to 30 years have reported an association between month or season of birth with sundry general medical and psychiatric conditions. Even longevity has been reported to vary with season of birth, with a longer life span for people born in autumn (October to December), compared with those born in spring (April to June).3 Of note, a longer life span for an individual born in autumn has been attributed to a higher birth weight during that season compared with those born in other seasons. In addition, the shorter life span of those with spring births has been attributed to factors during fetal life that increase the susceptibility to disease later in life (after age 50).
The following studies have reported an association between month/season of birth and general medical disorders:
- Higher rate of myopia for summer births4
- Tenfold higher risk of respiratory syntactical virus in babies born in January compared with October, and a 2 to 3 times higher risk of hospitalization5
- Higher rates of asthma during childhood for March and April births6
- Lower rate of lung cancer for winter births compared with all other seasons7
- An excess of colon and rectal cancer for people born in September, and the lowest rate for spring births8
- Lowest diabetes risk for summer births9
- For males: Cardiac mortality is 11% less likely for 4th-quarter births compared with 1st-quarter births. For females: Cancer mortality is lowest in 3rd-quarter vs 1st-quarter births10
- The peak risk for both Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin lymphoma is for April births compared with other months11
- A strong trend for malignant neoplasm in males was reported for births during the 1st trimester of the year (January through April) compared with the rest of the year12
- Higher rate of spring births among patients who have insulin-dependent diabetes13
- Breast cancer is 5% higher for June births compared with December births14
- Higher risk of developing an allergy later in life for those born approximately 3 months before the main allergy season.15
The above studies may imply that birth seasonality is medical destiny. However, most such reports need further replication, or may be due to chance findings in various databases. However, they are worth considering as hypothesis-generating signals.
Continue to: And now for the risk of psychiatric disorders...
And now for the risk of psychiatric disorders and month or season of birth. Here, too, there are multiple published reports:
- Higher social anhedonia and schizoid features among persons born in June and July16
- Higher autism rates for children conceived in December to March compared with those conceived during summer months17
- In contrast to the above report, the risk of autism spectrum disorders in the United Kingdom was higher for those born in summer18
- Another study labeled seasonality of birth in autism as “fiction”!19
- Significant spring births for persons with anxiety20
- Highest occurrence of postpartum depression in December21
- High prepartum depression in winter and postpartum depression in fall22
- Lower performance IQ among spring births23
- Disproportionate excess of births in April, May, and June for those who die by suicide24
- Suicide by burning oneself is higher among individuals born in January compared with any other month25
- Relative increase in March and August births among patients with anorexia26
- Season of birth is a predictor of emotional and behavioral regulation27
- Serotonin metabolites show a peak in spring and a trough in fall28
- Increase of spring births in individuals with Down syndrome29
- Excess of spring births among patients with Alzheimer’s disease.30
As with the seasonality of medical illness risk, the association of the month or season of birth with psychiatric disorders may be based on skewed samples or simply a chance finding. However, there may be some seasonal environmental factors that could increase the risk for disorders of the body or the brain/mind. The most plausible factors may be season-related fetal developmental disruptions caused by maternal infection, diet, lack of sunlight, temperature, substance use, or immune dysregulation from comorbid medical conditions during pregnancy. Some researchers have speculated that fluctuations in the availability of various fresh fruits and vegetables during certain seasons of the year may influence fetal development or increase the susceptibility to some medical disorders. This may be at the time of conception or during the 2nd trimester of pregnancy, when the brain develops.
On the other hand, those studies, published in peer-reviewed journals, may constitute a sophisticated form of “psychiatric astrology” whose credibility could be as suspect as the imaginative predictions of one’s horoscope in the daily newspaper…
To comment on this editorial or other topics of interest: [email protected].
1. Torrey EF, Miller J, Rawlings R, et al. Seasonality of births in schizophrenia and bipolar disorder: a review of the literature. Schizophr Res. 1997;28(1):1-38.
2. McGrath J, Welham J, Pemberton M. Month of birth, hemisphere of birth and schizophrenia. Br J Psychiatry. 1995;167(6):783-785.
3. Doblhammer G, Vaupel JW. Lifespan depends on month of birth. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2001;98(5):2934-2939.
4. Mandel Y, Grotto I, El-Yaniv R, et al. Season of birth, natural light, and myopia. Ophthalmology. 2008;115(4):686-692.
5. Lloyd PC, May L, Hoffman D, et al. The effect of birth month on the risk of respiratory syncytial virus hospitalization in the first year of life in the United States. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 2014;33(6):e135-e140.
6. Gazala E, Ron-Feldman V, Alterman M, et al. The association between birth season and future development of childhood asthma. Pediatr Pulmonol. 2006;41(12):1125-1128.
7. Hao Y, Yan L, Ke E, et al. Birth in winter can reduce the risk of lung cancer: A retrospective study of the birth season of patients with lung cancer in Beijing area, China. Chronobiol Int. 2017;34(4):511-518.
8. Francis NK, Curtis NJ, Noble E, et al. Is month of birth a risk factor for colorectal cancer? Gastroenterol Res Pract. 2017;2017:5423765. doi: 10.1155/2017/5423765.
9. Si J, Yu C, Guo Y, et al; China Kadoorie Biobank Collaborative Group. Season of birth and the risk of type 2 diabetes in adulthood: a prospective cohort study of 0.5 million Chinese adults. Diabetologia. 2017;60(5):836-842.
10. Sohn K. The influence of birth season on mortality in the United States. Am J Hum Biol. 2016;28(5):662-670.
11. Crump C, Sundquist J, Sieh W, et al. Season of birth and risk of Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin lymphoma. Int J Cancer. 2014;135(11):2735-2739.
12. Stoupel E, Abramson E, Fenig E. Birth month of patients with malignant neoplasms: links to longevity? J Basic Clin Physiol Pharmacol. 2012;23(2):57-60.
13. Rothwell PM, Gutnikov SA, McKinney PA, et al. Seasonality of birth in children with diabetes in Europe: multicentre cohort study. European Diabetes Study Group. BMJ. 1999;319(7214):887-888.
14. Yuen J, Ekbom A, Trichopoulos D, et al. Season of birth and breast cancer risk in Sweden. Br J Cancer. 1994;70(3):564-568.
15. Aalberse RC, Nieuwenhuys EJ, Hey M, et al. ‘Horoscope effect’ not only for seasonal but also for non-seasonal allergens. Clin Exp Allergy. 1992;22(11):1003-1006.
16. Kirkpatrick B, Messias E, LaPorte D. Schizoid-like features and season of birth in a nonpatient sample. Schizophr Res. 2008;103:151-155.
17. Zerbo O, Iosif AM, Delwiche L, et al. Month of conception and risk of autism. Epidemiology. 2011;22(4):469-475.
18. Hebert KJ, Miller LL, Joinson CJ. Association of autistic spectrum disorder with season of birth and conception in a UK cohort. Autism Res. 2010;3(4):185-190.
19. Landau EC, Cicchetti DV, Klin A, et al. Season of birth in autism: a fiction revisited. J Autism Dev Disord. 1999;29(5):385-393.
20. Parker G, Neilson M. Mental disorder and season of birth--a southern hemisphere study. Br J Psychiatry. 1976;129:355-361.
21. Sit D, Seltman H, Wisner KL. Seasonal effects on depression risk and suicidal symptoms in postpartum women. Depress Anxiety. 2011;28(5):400-405.
22. Chan JE, Samaranayaka A, Paterson H. Seasonal and gestational variation in perinatal depression in a prospective cohort in New Zealand. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol. 2018. [Epub ahead of print]. doi: 10.1111/ajo.12912.
23. Grootendorst-van Mil NH, Steegers-Theunissen RP, Hofman A, et al. Brighter children? The association between seasonality of birth and child IQ in a population-based birth cohort. BMJ Open. 2017;7(2):e012406. doi: 10.1136/bmjopen-2016-012406.
24. Salib E, Cortina-Borja M. Effect of month of birth on the risk of suicide. Br J Psychiatry. 2006;188:416-422.
25. Salib E, Cortina-Borja M. An association between month of birth and method of suicide. Int J Psychiatry Clin Pract. 2010;14(1):8-17.
26. Brewerton TD, Dansky BS, O’Neil PM, et al. Seasonal patterns of birth for subjects with bulimia nervosa, binge eating, and purging: results from the National Women’s Study. Int J Eat Disord. 2012;45(1):131-134.
27. Asano R, Tsuchiya KJ, Harada T, et al; for Hamamatsu Birth Cohort (HBC) Study Team. Season of birth predicts emotional and behavioral regulation in 18-month-old infants: Hamamatsu birth cohort for mothers and children (HBC Study). Front Public Health. 2016;4:152.
28. Luykx JJ, Bakker SC, Lentjes E, et al. Season of sampling and season of birth influence serotonin metabolite levels in human cerebrospinal fluid. PLoS One. 2012;7(2):e30497. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0030497.
29. Videbech P, Nielsen J. Chromosome abnormalities and season of birth. Hum Genet. 1984;65(3):221-231.
30. Vézina H, Houde L, Charbonneau H, et al. Season of birth and Alzheimer’s disease: a population-based study in Saguenay-Lac-St-Jean/Québec (IMAGE Project). Psychol Med. 1996;26(1):143-149.
1. Torrey EF, Miller J, Rawlings R, et al. Seasonality of births in schizophrenia and bipolar disorder: a review of the literature. Schizophr Res. 1997;28(1):1-38.
2. McGrath J, Welham J, Pemberton M. Month of birth, hemisphere of birth and schizophrenia. Br J Psychiatry. 1995;167(6):783-785.
3. Doblhammer G, Vaupel JW. Lifespan depends on month of birth. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2001;98(5):2934-2939.
4. Mandel Y, Grotto I, El-Yaniv R, et al. Season of birth, natural light, and myopia. Ophthalmology. 2008;115(4):686-692.
5. Lloyd PC, May L, Hoffman D, et al. The effect of birth month on the risk of respiratory syncytial virus hospitalization in the first year of life in the United States. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 2014;33(6):e135-e140.
6. Gazala E, Ron-Feldman V, Alterman M, et al. The association between birth season and future development of childhood asthma. Pediatr Pulmonol. 2006;41(12):1125-1128.
7. Hao Y, Yan L, Ke E, et al. Birth in winter can reduce the risk of lung cancer: A retrospective study of the birth season of patients with lung cancer in Beijing area, China. Chronobiol Int. 2017;34(4):511-518.
8. Francis NK, Curtis NJ, Noble E, et al. Is month of birth a risk factor for colorectal cancer? Gastroenterol Res Pract. 2017;2017:5423765. doi: 10.1155/2017/5423765.
9. Si J, Yu C, Guo Y, et al; China Kadoorie Biobank Collaborative Group. Season of birth and the risk of type 2 diabetes in adulthood: a prospective cohort study of 0.5 million Chinese adults. Diabetologia. 2017;60(5):836-842.
10. Sohn K. The influence of birth season on mortality in the United States. Am J Hum Biol. 2016;28(5):662-670.
11. Crump C, Sundquist J, Sieh W, et al. Season of birth and risk of Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin lymphoma. Int J Cancer. 2014;135(11):2735-2739.
12. Stoupel E, Abramson E, Fenig E. Birth month of patients with malignant neoplasms: links to longevity? J Basic Clin Physiol Pharmacol. 2012;23(2):57-60.
13. Rothwell PM, Gutnikov SA, McKinney PA, et al. Seasonality of birth in children with diabetes in Europe: multicentre cohort study. European Diabetes Study Group. BMJ. 1999;319(7214):887-888.
14. Yuen J, Ekbom A, Trichopoulos D, et al. Season of birth and breast cancer risk in Sweden. Br J Cancer. 1994;70(3):564-568.
15. Aalberse RC, Nieuwenhuys EJ, Hey M, et al. ‘Horoscope effect’ not only for seasonal but also for non-seasonal allergens. Clin Exp Allergy. 1992;22(11):1003-1006.
16. Kirkpatrick B, Messias E, LaPorte D. Schizoid-like features and season of birth in a nonpatient sample. Schizophr Res. 2008;103:151-155.
17. Zerbo O, Iosif AM, Delwiche L, et al. Month of conception and risk of autism. Epidemiology. 2011;22(4):469-475.
18. Hebert KJ, Miller LL, Joinson CJ. Association of autistic spectrum disorder with season of birth and conception in a UK cohort. Autism Res. 2010;3(4):185-190.
19. Landau EC, Cicchetti DV, Klin A, et al. Season of birth in autism: a fiction revisited. J Autism Dev Disord. 1999;29(5):385-393.
20. Parker G, Neilson M. Mental disorder and season of birth--a southern hemisphere study. Br J Psychiatry. 1976;129:355-361.
21. Sit D, Seltman H, Wisner KL. Seasonal effects on depression risk and suicidal symptoms in postpartum women. Depress Anxiety. 2011;28(5):400-405.
22. Chan JE, Samaranayaka A, Paterson H. Seasonal and gestational variation in perinatal depression in a prospective cohort in New Zealand. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol. 2018. [Epub ahead of print]. doi: 10.1111/ajo.12912.
23. Grootendorst-van Mil NH, Steegers-Theunissen RP, Hofman A, et al. Brighter children? The association between seasonality of birth and child IQ in a population-based birth cohort. BMJ Open. 2017;7(2):e012406. doi: 10.1136/bmjopen-2016-012406.
24. Salib E, Cortina-Borja M. Effect of month of birth on the risk of suicide. Br J Psychiatry. 2006;188:416-422.
25. Salib E, Cortina-Borja M. An association between month of birth and method of suicide. Int J Psychiatry Clin Pract. 2010;14(1):8-17.
26. Brewerton TD, Dansky BS, O’Neil PM, et al. Seasonal patterns of birth for subjects with bulimia nervosa, binge eating, and purging: results from the National Women’s Study. Int J Eat Disord. 2012;45(1):131-134.
27. Asano R, Tsuchiya KJ, Harada T, et al; for Hamamatsu Birth Cohort (HBC) Study Team. Season of birth predicts emotional and behavioral regulation in 18-month-old infants: Hamamatsu birth cohort for mothers and children (HBC Study). Front Public Health. 2016;4:152.
28. Luykx JJ, Bakker SC, Lentjes E, et al. Season of sampling and season of birth influence serotonin metabolite levels in human cerebrospinal fluid. PLoS One. 2012;7(2):e30497. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0030497.
29. Videbech P, Nielsen J. Chromosome abnormalities and season of birth. Hum Genet. 1984;65(3):221-231.
30. Vézina H, Houde L, Charbonneau H, et al. Season of birth and Alzheimer’s disease: a population-based study in Saguenay-Lac-St-Jean/Québec (IMAGE Project). Psychol Med. 1996;26(1):143-149.
Fulfillment within success: A physician’s dilemma
They say success without fulfillment is of little value in life. Whether this concept is actually driving the spate of depression and substance abuse currently experienced by youth and middle-aged adults in developed countries is rarely discussed and needs to be explored.
We have all reflected on the tragic ends of Anthony Bourdain, Kate Spade, and Robin Williams. Much has been said about the accolades they achieved and the heights they scaled, and just as much about their struggles with substance abuse over the years. Sensational portrayals by the media also encouraged youth to spend time dissecting the details of these high-profile deaths, lending popularity to the notion of suicide contagion. But somewhere in the myriad theories and conclusions, we still seem baffled by the questions of why these suicides occurred, and why no one had seen them coming.
As humans, we are designed to build. For many people, including physicians, the final product is a rewarding career built on years of hard work, or a flourishing family to look back on be proud of. Sometimes, however, these larger ideas barely intersect with our pictures of success.
As physicians and high achievers, we dream of goals and ambitions and set stringent deadlines for achieving them. Falling short sometimes finds us grappling with self-punishment and doubt. When one goal is achieved, another one is automatically created, or the goal post is pushed further. And the cycle continues.
Having said this, I will ask: What are you looking for? What is it that will give you a sense of purpose?
This is not a redundant question, nor is it an easy one. So are you really taking the time to think about it? Does any of this border on self-reflection and self-awareness for you? If it does, then developing that insight into yourself is perhaps a better way of serving your patients.
Peace and gratification often lie in the little things; not everything you do has to be acknowledged with an award. There is a sense of fulfillment that comes from developing others. The key is to realize that there is never a moment to start doing that—it is an ongoing journey. Therefore, give generously, of your time, of your skills, of your knowledge, but above all, of your kindness. Do it because in the end, you will have something to look back on and be proud of. Do it because maybe somewhere you will find meaning in it. And your success may not be bereft of fulfillment.
They say success without fulfillment is of little value in life. Whether this concept is actually driving the spate of depression and substance abuse currently experienced by youth and middle-aged adults in developed countries is rarely discussed and needs to be explored.
We have all reflected on the tragic ends of Anthony Bourdain, Kate Spade, and Robin Williams. Much has been said about the accolades they achieved and the heights they scaled, and just as much about their struggles with substance abuse over the years. Sensational portrayals by the media also encouraged youth to spend time dissecting the details of these high-profile deaths, lending popularity to the notion of suicide contagion. But somewhere in the myriad theories and conclusions, we still seem baffled by the questions of why these suicides occurred, and why no one had seen them coming.
As humans, we are designed to build. For many people, including physicians, the final product is a rewarding career built on years of hard work, or a flourishing family to look back on be proud of. Sometimes, however, these larger ideas barely intersect with our pictures of success.
As physicians and high achievers, we dream of goals and ambitions and set stringent deadlines for achieving them. Falling short sometimes finds us grappling with self-punishment and doubt. When one goal is achieved, another one is automatically created, or the goal post is pushed further. And the cycle continues.
Having said this, I will ask: What are you looking for? What is it that will give you a sense of purpose?
This is not a redundant question, nor is it an easy one. So are you really taking the time to think about it? Does any of this border on self-reflection and self-awareness for you? If it does, then developing that insight into yourself is perhaps a better way of serving your patients.
Peace and gratification often lie in the little things; not everything you do has to be acknowledged with an award. There is a sense of fulfillment that comes from developing others. The key is to realize that there is never a moment to start doing that—it is an ongoing journey. Therefore, give generously, of your time, of your skills, of your knowledge, but above all, of your kindness. Do it because in the end, you will have something to look back on and be proud of. Do it because maybe somewhere you will find meaning in it. And your success may not be bereft of fulfillment.
They say success without fulfillment is of little value in life. Whether this concept is actually driving the spate of depression and substance abuse currently experienced by youth and middle-aged adults in developed countries is rarely discussed and needs to be explored.
We have all reflected on the tragic ends of Anthony Bourdain, Kate Spade, and Robin Williams. Much has been said about the accolades they achieved and the heights they scaled, and just as much about their struggles with substance abuse over the years. Sensational portrayals by the media also encouraged youth to spend time dissecting the details of these high-profile deaths, lending popularity to the notion of suicide contagion. But somewhere in the myriad theories and conclusions, we still seem baffled by the questions of why these suicides occurred, and why no one had seen them coming.
As humans, we are designed to build. For many people, including physicians, the final product is a rewarding career built on years of hard work, or a flourishing family to look back on be proud of. Sometimes, however, these larger ideas barely intersect with our pictures of success.
As physicians and high achievers, we dream of goals and ambitions and set stringent deadlines for achieving them. Falling short sometimes finds us grappling with self-punishment and doubt. When one goal is achieved, another one is automatically created, or the goal post is pushed further. And the cycle continues.
Having said this, I will ask: What are you looking for? What is it that will give you a sense of purpose?
This is not a redundant question, nor is it an easy one. So are you really taking the time to think about it? Does any of this border on self-reflection and self-awareness for you? If it does, then developing that insight into yourself is perhaps a better way of serving your patients.
Peace and gratification often lie in the little things; not everything you do has to be acknowledged with an award. There is a sense of fulfillment that comes from developing others. The key is to realize that there is never a moment to start doing that—it is an ongoing journey. Therefore, give generously, of your time, of your skills, of your knowledge, but above all, of your kindness. Do it because in the end, you will have something to look back on and be proud of. Do it because maybe somewhere you will find meaning in it. And your success may not be bereft of fulfillment.
Can lifestyle modifications delay or prevent Alzheimer’s disease?
Clinicians have devoted strenuous efforts to secondary prevention of Alzheimer’s disease (AD) by diagnosing and treating patients as early as possible. Unfortunately, there is no cure for AD, and the field has witnessed recurrent failures of several pharmacotherapy candidates with either symptomatic or disease-modifying properties.1 An estimated one-third of AD cases can be attributed to modifiable risk factors.2 Thus, implementing primary prevention measures by addressing modifiable risk factors thought to contribute to the disease, with the goal of reducing the risk of developing AD, or at least delaying its onset, is a crucial public health strategy.
Cardiovascular risk factors, such as hypertension, hyperlipidemia, diabetes, hyperhomocysteinemia, obesity, and smoking, have emerged as substantive risk factors for AD.3 Optimal management of these major risk factors, especially in mid-life, may be a preventive approach against AD. Although detailing the evidence on the impact of managing cardiovascular risk factors to delay or prevent AD is beyond the scope of this article, it is becoming clear that “what is good for the heart is good for the brain.”
Additional modifiable risk factors are related to lifestyle habits, such as physical exercise, mental and social activity, meditation/spiritual activity, and diet. This article reviews the importance of pursuing a healthy lifestyle in delaying AD, with the corresponding levels of evidence that support each specific lifestyle modification. The levels of evidence are defined in Table 1.4
Physical exercise
Twenty-one percent of AD cases in the United States are attributable to physical inactivity.5 In addition to its beneficial effect on metabolic syndrome, in animal and human research, regular exercise has been shown to have direct neuroprotective effects. High levels of physical activity increase hippocampal neurogenesis and neuroplasticity, increase vascular circulation in the brain regions implicated in AD, and modulate inflammatory mediators as well as brain growth factors such as brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) and insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1).6
The definition of regular physical exercise varies across the literature, but usually implies aerobic exercise—an ongoing activity sufficient to increase the heart rate and the need for oxygen, sustained for 20 to 30 minutes per session.7 Modalities include household activities and leisure-time activities. In a large prospective cohort study, Scarmeas et al8 categorized leisure-time activities into 3 types:
- light (walking, dancing, calisthenics, golfing, bowling, gardening, horseback riding)
- moderate (bicycling, swimming, hiking, playing tennis)
- vigorous (aerobic dancing, jogging, playing handball).
These types of physical exercise were weighed by the frequency of participation per week. Compared with being physically inactive, low levels of weekly physical activity (0.1 hours of vigorous, 0.8 hours of moderate, or 1.3 hours of light exercise) were associated with a 29% to 41% lower risk of developing AD, while higher weekly physical activity (1.3 hours of vigorous, 2.3 hours of moderate, or 3.8 hours of light exercise) were associated with a 37% to 50% lower risk (level III).8
In another 20-year cohort study, engaging in leisure-time physical activity at least twice a week in mid-life was significantly associated with a reduced risk of AD, after adjusting for age, sex, education, follow-up time, locomotor disorders, apolipoprotein E (ApoE) genotype, vascular disorders, smoking, and alcohol intake (level III).9 Moreover, a systematic review of 29 randomized controlled trials (RCTs) showed that aerobic exercise training, such as brisk walking, jogging, and biking, was associated with improvements in attention, processing speed, executive function, and memory among healthy older adults and those with mild cognitive impairment (MCI; level IA).10
Continue to: From a pathophysiological standpoint...
From a pathophysiological standpoint, higher levels of physical exercise in cognitively intact older adults have been associated with reduced brain amyloid beta deposits, especially in ApoE4 carriers.11 This inverse relationship also has been demonstrated in patients who are presymptomatic who carry 1 of the 3 known autosomal dominant mutations for the familial forms of AD.12
Overall, physicians should recommend that patients—especially those with cardiovascular risk factors that increase their risk for AD—exercise regularly by following the guidelines of the American Heart Association or the American College of Sports Medicine.13 These include muscle-strengthening activities (legs, hips, back, abdomen, shoulders, and arms) at least 2 days/week, in addition to either 30 minutes/day of moderate-intensity aerobic activity such as brisk walking, 5 days/week; or 25 minutes of vigorous aerobic activity such as jogging and running, 3 days/week14 (level IA evidence for overall improvement in cognitive function; level III evidence for AD delay/risk reduction). Neuromotor exercise, such as yoga and tai chi, and flexibility exercise such as muscle stretching, especially after a hot bath, 2 to 3 days/week are also recommended (level III).15
Mental activity
Nineteen percent of AD cases worldwide and 7% in the United States. can be attributed to low educational attainment, which is associated with low brain cognitive reserve.5 Cognitive resilience in later life may be enhanced by building brain reserves through intellectual stimulation, which affects neuronal branching and plasticity.16 Higher levels of complex mental activities measured across the lifespan, such as education, occupation, reading, and writing, are correlated with significantly less hippocampal volume shrinkage over time.17 Frequent participation in mentally stimulating activities—such as listening to the radio; reading newspapers, magazines, or books; playing games (cards, checkers, crosswords or other puzzles); and visiting museums—was associated with an up to 64% reduction in the odds of developing AD in a cohort of cognitively intact older adults followed for 4 years.18 The correlation between mental activity and AD was found to be independent of physical activity, social activity, or baseline cognitive function.19
In a large cohort of cognitively intact older adults (mean age 70), engaging in a mentally stimulating activity (craft activities, computer use, or going to the theater/movies) once to twice a week was significantly associated with a reduced incidence of amnestic MCI.20 Another prospective 21-year study demonstrated a significant reduction in AD risk in community-dwelling cognitively intact older adults (age 75 to 85) who participated in cognitively stimulating activities, such as reading books or newspapers, writing for pleasure, doing crossword puzzles, playing board games or cards, or playing musical instruments, several times/week.21
Growing scientific evidence also suggests that lifelong multilingualism can delay AD onset by 4 to 5 years.22 Multilingualism is associated with greater cognitive reserve, gray matter volume, functional connectivity and white matter density.23
Continue to: Physicians should encourage their patients...
Physicians should encourage their patients to engage in intellectually stimulating activities and creative leisure-time activities several times/week to enhance their cognitive reserves and delay AD onset (level III evidence with respect to AD risk reduction/delay).
Social activity
Social engagement may be an additional protective factor against AD. In a large 4-year prospective study, increased loneliness in cognitively intact older adults doubled the risk of AD.24 Data from the large French cohort PAQUID (Personnes Agées QUID) emphasized the importance of a patient’s social network as a protective factor against AD. In this cohort, the perception of reciprocity in relationships with others (the perception that a person had received more than he or she had given) was associated with a 53% reduction in AD risk (level III).25 In another longitudinal cohort study, social activity was found to decrease the incidence of subjective cognitive decline, which is a prodromal syndrome for MCI and AD (level III).26
A major confounder in studies assessing for social activity is the uncertainty if social withdrawal is a modifiable risk factor or an early manifestation of AD, since apathetic patients with AD tend to be socially withdrawn.27 Another limitation of measuring the impact of social activity relative to AD risk is the difficulty in isolating social activities from activities that have physical and mental activity components, such as leisure-time activities.28
Meditation/spiritual activity
Chronic psychological stress is believed to compromise limbic structures that regulate stress-related behaviors and the memory network, which might explain how being prone to psychological distress may be associated with MCI or AD.29 Cognitive stress may increase the oxidative stress and telomere shortening implicated in the neurodegenerative processes of AD.30 In one study, participants who were highly prone to psychological distress were found to be at 3 times increased risk for developing AD, after adjusting for depression symptoms and physical and mental activities (level III).31 By reducing chronic psychological stress, meditation techniques offer a promising preventive option against AD.
Mindfulness-based interventions (MBI) have gained increased attention in the past decade. They entail directing one’s attention towards the present moment, thereby decreasing ruminative thoughts and stress arousal.32 Recent RCTs have shown that MBI may promote brain health in older adults not only by improving psychological well-being but also by improving attentional control33 and functional connectivity in brain regions implicated in executive functioning,34 as well as by modulating inflammatory processes implicated in AD.35 Furthermore, an RCT of patients diagnosed with MCI found that compared with memory enhancement training, a weekly 60-minute yoga session improved memory and executive functioning.36
Continue to: Kirtan Kriya is a medication technique...
Kirtan Kriya is a meditation technique that is easy to learn and practice by older adults and can improve memory in patients at risk for developing AD.37 However, more rigorous RCTs conducted in larger samples of older adults are needed to better evaluate the effect of all meditation techniques for delaying or preventing AD (level IB with respect to improvement in cognitive functioning/level III for AD delay/risk reduction).38
Spiritual activities, such as going to places of worship or religious meditation, have been associated with a lower prevalence of AD. Attending religious services, gatherings, or retreats involves a social component because these activities often are practiced in groups. They also confer a method of dealing with psychological distress and depression. Additionally, frequent readings of religious texts represents a mentally stimulating activity that may also contribute to delaying/preventing AD (level III).39
Diet
In the past decade, a growing body of evidence has linked diet to cognition. Individuals with a higher intake of calories and fat are at higher risk for developing AD.40 The incidence of AD rose in Japan after the country transitioned to a more Westernized diet.41 A modern Western diet rich in saturated fatty acids and simple carbohydrates may negatively impact hippocampus-mediated functions such as memory and learning, and is associated with an increased risk of AD.42 In contrast with high-glycemic and fatty diets, a “healthy diet” is associated with a decrease in beta-amyloid burden, inflammation, and oxidative stress.43,44
Studies focusing on dietary patterns rather than a single nutrient for delaying or preventing AD have yielded more robust and consistent results.45 In a recent meta-analysis, adhering to a Mediterranean diet—which is rich in fruits and vegetables, whole grains, olive oil, and fish; moderate in some dairy products and wine; and low in red meat—was associated with a decreased risk of AD; this evidence was derived mostly from epidemiologic studies.46 Scarmeas et al8 found that high adherence to the Mediterranean diet was associated with 32% to 40% reduced risk of AD. Combining this diet with physical exercise was associated with an up to 67% reduced risk (level III). The Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) diet, which is rich in total grains, fruits, vegetables, and dairy products, but low in sodium and sweets, correlated with neurocognitive improvement in patients with hypertension.47 Both the Mediterranean and DASH diets have been associated with better cognitive function48 and slower cognitive decline.49 Thus, an attempt to combine the neuroprotective components from both diets led to the creation of the MIND (Mediterranean-DASH Intervention for Neurodegenerative Delay) diet, which also has been associated with a lower incidence of AD.50
Besides specific diets, some food groups have also been found to promote brain health and may help delay or prevent AD. Berries have the highest amount of antioxidants of all fruit. Among vegetables, tomatoes and green leafy vegetables have the highest amount of nutrients for the brain. Nuts, such as walnuts, which are rich in omega-3 fatty acids, are also considered “power foods” for the brain; however, they should be consumed in moderation because they are also rich in fat. Monounsaturated fatty acids, which are found in olives and olive oil, are also beneficial for the brain. Among the 3 types of omega-3 fatty acids, the most important for cognition is docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) because it constitutes 40% of all fatty acids in the brain. Mainly found in oily fish, DHA has antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties that may delay or prevent AD. Low levels of DHA have been found in patients with AD.51
Continue to: Curcumin, which is derived from...
Curcumin, which is derived from the curry spice turmeric, is a polyphenol with anti-inflammatory, antioxidant, and anti-amyloid properties that may have a promising role in preventing AD in cognitively intact individuals. Initial trials with curcumin have yielded mixed results on cognition, which was partly related to the low solubility and bioavailability of its formulation.52 However, a recent 18-month double-blind randomized placebo-controlled trial found positive effects on memory and attention, as well as reduction of amyloid plaques and tau tangles deposition in the brain, in non-demented older adults age 51 to 84 who took Theracumin, a highly absorptive oral form of curcumin dispersed with colloidal nanoparticles.53 A longer follow-up is required to determine if curcumin can delay or prevent AD.
Alcohol
The role of alcohol in AD prevention is controversial. Overall, data from prospective studies has shown that low to moderate alcohol consumption may be associated with a reduced risk of AD (level III).54 Alcohol drinking in mid-life showed a U-shaped relationship with cognitive impairment; both abstainers and heavy drinkers had an increased risk of cognitive decline compared with light to moderate drinkers (level III).55 Binge drinking significantly increased the odds of cognitive decline, even after controlling for total alcohol consumption per week.55
The definition of low-to-moderate drinking varies substantially among countries. In addition, the size and amount of alcohol contained in a standard drink may differ.56 According to the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA),57 moderate drinking is defined as up to 1 drink daily for women and 2 drinks daily for men. Binge drinking involves drinking >4 drinks for women and >5 drinks for men, in approximately 2 hours, at least monthly. In the United States, one standard drink contains 14 grams of pure alcohol, which is usually found in 12 ounces of regular beer, 5 ounces of wine, and 1.5 ounces of distilled spirits (vodka or whiskey).58
In a 5-year prospective Canadian study, having 1 drink weekly (especially wine) was associated with an up to 50% reduced risk of AD (level III).59 In the French cohort PAQUID, mild drinkers (<1 to 2 drinks/day) and moderate drinkers (3 to 4 drinks daily) had a reduced incidence of AD compared with non-drinkers. Wine was the most frequently consumed beverage in this study.60 Other studies have found cognitive benefits from mild to moderate drinking regardless of beverage type.54 However, a recent study that included a 30-year follow-up failed to find a significant protective effect of light drinking over abstinence in terms of hippocampal atrophy.61 Atrophy of the hippocampus was correlated with increasing alcohol amounts in a dose-dependent manner, starting at 7 to 14 drinks/week (level III).61
Research has shown that moderate and heavy alcohol use or misuse can directly induce microglial activation and inflammatory mediators’ release, which induce amyloid beta pathology and leads to brain atrophy.62 Hence, non-drinkers should not be advised to begin drinking, because of the lack of RCTs and the concern that beginning to drink may lead to heavy drinking. All drinkers should be advised to adhere to the NIAAA recommendations.13
Continue to: Coffee/tea
Coffee/tea
Although studies of caffeinated coffee have been heterogeneous and yielded mixed results (beneficial effect vs no effect on delaying cognitive decline), systematic reviews and meta-analyses of cross-sectional, case-control, and longitudinal cohort studies have found a general trend towards a favorable preventive role (level III).63-65 Caffeine exhibits its neuroprotective effect by increasing brain serotonin and acetylcholine, and by stabilizing blood-brain-barrier integrity.66 Moreover, in an animal study, mice given caffeine in their drinking water from young adulthood into older age had lower amyloid beta plasma levels compared with those given decaffeinated water.67 These findings suggest that in humans, 5 cups of regular caffeinated coffee daily, equivalent to 500 mg of caffeine,
An Italian study showed that older adults who don’t or rarely drink coffee (<1 cup daily) and those who recently increased their consumption pattern to >1 cup daily had a higher incidence of MCI than those who habitually consumed 1 to 2 cups daily.69 Therefore, it is not recommended to advise a change in coffee drinking pattern in old age. Older adults who are coffee drinkers should, however, be educated about the association between heavier caffeine intake and anxiety, insomnia, and cardiac arrhythmias.70
Despite its more modest caffeine levels, green tea is rich in polyphenols, which belong to the family of catechins and are characterized by antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties.71 In a Japanese cohort, higher green tea consumption (up to 1 cup daily) was associated with a decreased incidence of MCI in older adults.72 More studies are needed to confirm its potential preventative role in AD.
Which lifestyle change is the most important?
Focusing on a single lifestyle change may be insufficient, especially because the bulk of evidence for individual interventions comes from population-based cohort studies (level III), rather than strong RCTs with a long follow-up. There is increasing evidence that combining multiple lifestyle modifications may yield better outcomes in maintaining or improving cognition.73
The Finnish Geriatric Intervention Study to Prevent Cognitive Impairment and Disability (FINGER), a large, 2-year RCT that included community-dwelling older adults (age 60 to 77) with no diagnosis of major neurocognitive disorder, found that compared with regular health advice, multi-domain interventions reduced cognitive decline and improved overall cognition, executive functioning, and processing speed. The interventions evaluated in this study combined the following 4 modalities74:
- a healthy diet according to the Finnish nutrition recommendations (eating vegetables, fruits, and berries [minimum: 500 g/d], whole grain cereals [several times a day], and fish [2 to 3 times/week]; using low-salt products; consuming fat-free or low-fat milk products; and limiting red meat consumption to <500 g/week
- regular physical exercise tailored for improving muscle strength (1 to 3 times/week) coupled with aerobic exercise (2 to 5 times/week)
- cognitive training, including group sessions that have a social activity component and computer-based individual sessions 3 times/week that target episodic and working memory and executive functioning
- optimal management of cardiovascular risk factors.
Continue to: This multi-domain approach...
This multi-domain approach for lifestyle modification should be strongly recommended to cognitively intact older patients (level IB).
Modeled after the FINGER study, the Alzheimer’s Association U.S. Study to Protect Brain Health Through Lifestyle Intervention to Reduce Risk (U.S. POINTER) is a 2-year, multicenter, controlled clinical trial aimed at testing the ability of a multidimensional lifestyle intervention to prevent AD in at-risk older adults (age 60 to 79, with established metabolic and cardiovascular risk factors). Interventions include a combination of physical exercise, nutritional counseling and management, cognitive and social stimulation, and improved management of cardiovascular risk factors. Recruitment for this large-scale trial was estimated to begin in January 2019 (NCT03688126).75
On a practical basis, Desai et al13 have proposed a checklist (Table 213) that physicians can use in their routine consultations to improve primary prevention of AD among their older patients.
Bottom Line
Advise patients that pursuing a healthy lifestyle is a key to delaying or preventing Alzheimer’s disease. This involves managing cardiovascular risk factors and a combination of staying physically, mentally, socially, and spiritually active, in addition to adhering to a healthy diet such as the Mediterranean diet.
Related Resources
- Anderson K, Grossberg GT. Brain games to slow cognitive decline in Alzheimer’s disease. J Am Med Dir Assoc. 2014;15(8):536-537.
- Small G, Vorgan G. The memory prescription: Dr. Garry Small’s 14-day plan to keep your brain and body young. New York, NY: Hyperion; 2004.
- Small G, Vorgan G. The Alzheimer’s prevention program; keep your brain healthy for the rest of your life. New York, NY: Workman Publishing Company, Inc.; 2012.
Drug Brand Name
Curcumin • Theracurmin
1. Mehta D, Jackson R, Paul G, et al. Why do trials for Alzheimer’s disease drugs keep failing? A discontinued drug perspective for 2010-2015. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2017;26(6):735-739.
2. Norton S, Matthews FE, Barnes DE, et al. Potential for primary prevention of Alzheimer’s disease: an analysis of population-based data. Lancet Neurol. 2014;13(8):788-794.
3. Meng XF, Yu JT, Wang HF, et al. Midlife vascular risk factors and the risk of Alzheimer’s disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Alzheimers Dis. 2014;42(4):1295-1310.
4. Shekelle PG, Woolf SH, Eccles M, et al. Developing clinical guidelines. West J Med. 1999;170(6):348-351.
5. Barnes DE, Yaffe Y. The projected impact of risk factor reduction on Alzheimer’s disease prevalence. Lancet Neurol. 2011;10(9):819-828.
6. Cotman CW, Berchtold NC, Christie LA. Exercise builds brain health: key roles of growth factor cascades and inflammation. Trends Neurosci. 2007;30(9):464-472.
7. Ahlskog JE, Geda YE, Graff-Radford NR, et al. Physical exercise as a preventive or disease-modifying treatment of dementia and brain aging. Mayo Clin Proc. 2011;86(9):876-884.
8. Scarmeas N, Luchsinger JA, Schupf N, et al. Physical activity, diet, and risk of Alzheimer Disease. JAMA. 2009;302(6):627-637.
9. Rovio S, Kåreholt I, Helkala EL, et al. Leisure-time physical activity at midlife and the risk of dementia and Alzheimer’s disease. Lancet Neurol. 2005;4(11):705-711.
10. Smith PJ et al. Aerobic exercise and neurocognitive performance: a meta-analytic review of randomized controlled trials. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(3):239-252.
11. Brown BM, Peiffer JJ, Taddei K, et al. Physical activity and amyloid-beta plasma and brain levels: results from the Australian imaging, biomarkers and lifestyle study of ageing. Mol Psychiatry. 2013;18(8):875-881.
12. Brown BM, Sohrabi HR, Taddei K, et al. Habitual exercise levels are associated with cerebral amyloid load in presymptomatic autosomal dominant Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimers Dement. 2017;13(11):1197-1206.
13. Desai AK, Grossberg GT, Chibnall JT. Healthy brain aging: a road map. Clin Geriatr Med. 2010;26(1):1-16.
14. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Physical activity: how much physical activity do older adults need?
15. Garber CE, Blissmer B, Deschenes MR, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. American College of Sports Medicine position stand. Quantity and quality of exercise for developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory, musculoskeletal, and neuromotor fitness in apparently healthy adults: guidance for prescribing exercise. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2011;43(7):1334-1359.
16. Livingston G, Sommerlad A, Orgeta V, et al. Dementia prevention, intervention, and care. Lancet. 2017;390(10113);2673-2734.
17. Valenzuela MJ, Sachdev P, Wen W, et al. Lifespan mental activity predicts diminished rate of hippocampal atrophy. PLoS One. 2008;3(7):e2598. doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0002598.
18. Wilson RS, Bennett DA, Bienias JL, et al. Cognitive activity and incident AD in a population-based sample of older persons. Neurology. 2002;59(12):1910-1914.
19. Wilson RS, Scherr PA, Schneider JA, et al. Relation of cognitive activity to risk of developing Alzheimer disease. Neurology. 2007;69(20):1911-1920.
20. Krell-Roesch J, Vemuri P, Pink A, et al. Association between mentally stimulating activities in late life and the outcome of incident mild cognitive impairment, with an analysis of the apoe ε4 genotype. JAMA Neurol. 2017;74(3):332-338.
21. Verghese J, Lipton RB, Katz MJ, et al. Leisure activities and the risk of dementia in the elderly. N Engl J Med. 2003;348(25):2508-2516.
22. Klein RM, Christie J, Parkvall M. Does multilingualism affect the incidence of Alzheimer’s disease?: a worldwide analysis by country. SSM Popul Health. 2016;2:463-467.
23. Grundy JG, Anderson JAE, Bialystok E. Neural correlates of cognitive processing in monolinguals and bilinguals. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 2017;1396(1):183-201.
24. Wilson RS, Krueger KR, Arnold SE, et al. Loneliness and risk of Alzheimer disease. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007;64(2):234-240.
25. Amieva H, Stoykova R, Matharan F, et al. What aspects of social network are protective for dementia? Not the quantity but the quality of social interactions is protective up to 15 years later. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(9):905-911.
26. Kuiper JS, Oude Voshaar RC, Zuidema SU, et al. The relationship between social functioning and subjective memory complaints in older persons: a population-based longitudinal cohort study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2017;32(10):1059-1071.
27. Robert P, Onyike CU, Leentjens AF, et al. Proposed diagnostic criteria for apathy in Alzheimer’s disease and other neuropsychiatric disorders. Eur Psychiatry. 2009;24(2):98-104.
28. Marioni RE, Proust-Lima C, Amieva H, et al. Social activity, cognitive decline and dementia risk: a 20-year prospective cohort study. BMC Public Health. 2015;15:1089.
29. Wilson RS, Schneider JA, Boyle PA, et al. Chronic distress and incidence of mild cognitive impairment. Neurology. 2007;68(24):2085-2092.
30. Cai Z, Yan LJ, Ratka A. Telomere shortening and Alzheimer’s disease. Neuromolecular Med. 2013;15(1):25-48.
31. Wilson RS, Arnold SE, Schneider JA, et al. Chronic psychological distress and risk of Alzheimer’s disease in old age. Neuroepidemiology. 2006;27(3):143-153.
32. Epel E, Daubenmier J, Moskowitz JT, et al. Can meditation slow rate of cellular aging? Cognitive stress, mindfulness, and telomeres. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 2009;1172:34-53.
33. Malinowski P, Moore AW, Mead Br, et al. Mindful aging: the effects of regular brief mindfulness practice on electrophysiological markers of cognitive and affective processing in older adults. Mindfulness (N Y). 2017;8(1):78-94.
34. Taren AA, Gianaros PJ, Greco CM, et al. Mindfulness meditation training and executive control network resting state functional connectivity: a randomized controlled trial. Psychosom Med. 2017;79(6):674-683.
35. Fountain-Zaragoza S, Prakash RS. Mindfulness training for healthy aging: impact on attention, well-being, and inflammation. Front in Aging Neurosci. 2017;9:11.
36. Eyre HA, Siddarth P, Acevedo B, et al. A randomized controlled trial of Kundalini yoga in mild cognitive impairment. Int Psychogeriatr. 2017;29(4):557-567.
37. Khalsa DS. Stress, meditation, and Alzheimer’s disease prevention: where the evidence stands. J Alzheimers Dis. 2015;48(1):1-12.
38. Berk L, van Boxtel M, van Os J. Can mindfulness-based interventions influence cognitive functioning in older adults? A review and considerations for future research. Aging Ment Health. 2017;21(11):1113-1120.
39. Hosseini S, Chaurasia A, Oremus M. The effect of religion and spirituality on cognitive function: a systematic review. Gerontologist. 2017. doi: 10.1093/geront/gnx024.
40. Luchsinger JA, Tang MX, Shea S, et al. Caloric intake and the risk of Alzheimer disease. Arch Neurol. 2002;59(8):1258-1263.
41. Grant WB. Trends in diet and Alzheimer’s disease during the nutrition transition in Japan and developing countries. J Alzheimers Dis. 2014;38(3):611-620.
42. Kanoski SE, Davidson TL. Western diet consumption and cognitive impairment: links to hippocampal dysfunction and obesity. Physiol Behav. 2011;103(1):59-68.
43. Hu N, Yu JT, Tan L, et al. Nutrition and the risk of Alzheimer’s disease. Biomed Res Int. 2013;2013:524820. doi: 10.1155/2013/524820.
44. Taylor MK, Sullivan DK, Swerdlow RH, et al. A high-glycemic diet is associated with cerebral amyloid burden in cognitively normal older adults. Am J Clin Nutr. 2017;106(6):1463-1470.
45. van de Rest O, Berendsen AM, Haveman-Nies A, et al. Dietary patterns, cognitive decline, and dementia: a systematic review. Adv Nutr. 2015;6(2):154-168.
46. Petersson SD, Philippou E. Mediterranean diet, cognitive function, and dementia: a systematic review of the evidence. Adv Nutr. 2016;7(5):889-904.
47. Smith PJ, Blumenthal JA, Babyak MA, et al. Effects of the dietary approaches to stop hypertension diet, exercise, and caloric restriction on neurocognition in overweight adults with high blood pressure. Hypertension. 2010;55(6):1331-1338.
48. Wengreen H, Munger RG, Cutler A, et al. Prospective study of dietary approaches to stop hypertension- and Mediterranean-style dietary patterns and age-related cognitive change: the Cache County study on memory, health and aging. Am J Clin Nutr. 2013;98(5):1263-1271.
49. Tangney CC, Li H, Wang Y, et al. Relation of DASH- and Mediterranean-like dietary patterns to cognitive decline in older persons. Neurology. 2014;83(16):1410-1416.
50. Morris MC, Tangney CC, Wang Y, et al. MIND diet associated with reduced incidence of Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimers Dement. 2015;11(9):1007-1014.
51. Desai AK, Rush J, Naveen L, et al. Nutrition and nutritional supplements to promote brain health. In: Hartman-Stein PE, Rue AL, eds. Enhancing cognitive fitness in adults: a guide to the use and development of community-based programs. New York, NY: Springer; 2011:249-269.
52. Goozee KG, Shah TM, Sohrabi HR, et al. Examining the potential clinical value of curcumin in the prevention and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease. Br J Nutr. 2016;115(3):449-465.
53. Small GW, Siddarth P, Li Z, et al. Memory and brain amyloid and tau effects of a bioavailable form of curcumin in non-demented adults: a double-blind, placebo-controlled 18-month trial. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2018;26(3):266-277.
54. Kim JW, Lee DY, Lee BC, et al. Alcohol and cognition in the elderly: a review. Psychiatry Investig. 2012;9(1):8-16.
55. Virtaa JJ, Järvenpää T, Heikkilä K, et al. Midlife alcohol consumption and later risk of cognitive impairment: a twin follow-up study. J Alzheimers Dis. 2010;22(3):939-948.
56. Kerr WC, Stockwell T. Understanding standard drinks and drinking guidelines. Drug and Alcohol Rev. 2012;31(2):200-205.
57. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Drinking levels defined. https://www.niaaa.nih.gov/alcohol-health/overview-alcohol-consumption/moderate-binge-drinking. Accessed December 9, 2017.
58. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. What is a standard drink? https://www.niaaa.nih.gov/alcohol-health/overview-alcohol-consumption/what-standard-drink. Accessed November 9, 2017.
59. Lindsay J, Laurin D, Verreault R, et al. Risk factors for Alzheimer’s disease: a prospective analysis from the Canadian study of health and aging. Am J Epidemiol. 2002;156(5):445-453.
60. Orgogozo JM, Dartigues JF, Lafont S, et al. Wine consumption and dementia in the elderly: a prospective community study in the Bordeaux area. Rev Neurol (Paris). 1997;153(3):185-192.
61. Topiwala A, Allan CL, Valkanova V, et al. Moderate alcohol consumption as risk factor for adverse brain outcomes and cognitive decline: longitudinal cohort study. BMJ. 2017;357.
62. Venkataraman A, Kalk N, Sewell G, et al. Alcohol and Alzheimer’s disease-does alcohol dependence contribute to beta-amyloid deposition, neuroinflammation and neurodegeneration in Alzheimer’s Disease? Alcohol Alcohol. 2017;52(2):151-158.
63. Ma QP, Huang C, Cui QY, et al. Meta-analysis of the association between tea intake and the risk of cognitive disorders. PLoS One. 2016;11(11):e0165861. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0165861.
64. Santos C, Costa J, Santos J, et al. Caffeine intake and dementia: systematic review and meta-analysis. J Alzheimers Dis. 2010;20(Suppl 1):S187-204.
65. Panza F, Solfrizzi V, Barulli MR, et al. Coffee, tea, and caffeine consumption and prevention of late-life cognitive decline and dementia: a systematic review. J Nutr Health Aging. 2015;19(3):313-328.
66. Wierzejska R. Can coffee consumption lower the risk of Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease? A literature review. Arch Med Sci. 2017;13(3):507-514.
67. Arendash GW, Cao C. Caffeine and coffee as therapeutics against Alzheimer’s disease. J Alzheimers Dis. 2010;20 (Suppl 1):S117-S126.
68. Eskelinen MH, Ngandu T, Tuomilehto J, et al. Midlife coffee and tea drinking and the risk of late-life dementia: a population-based CAIDE study. J Alzheimers Dis. 2009;16(1):85-91.
69. Solfrizzi V, Panza F, Imbimbo BP, et al. Coffee consumption habits and the risk of mild cognitive impairment: the Italian longitudinal study on aging. J Alzheimers Dis. 2015;47(4):889-899.
70. Vittoria Mattioli. Beverages of daily life: impact of caffeine on atrial fibrillation. J Atr Fibrillation. 2014;7(2):1133.
71. Chacko SM, Thambi PT, Kuttan R, et al. Beneficial effects of green tea: a literature review. Chin Med. 2010;5:13.
72. Noguchi-Shinohara M, Yuki S, Dohmoto C, et al. Consumption of green tea, but not black tea or coffee, is associated with reduced risk of cognitive decline. PLoS One. 2014;9(5):e96013. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0096013.
73. Schneider N, Yvon C. A review of multidomain interventions to support healthy cognitive ageing. J Nutr Health Aging. 2013;17(3):252-257.
74. Ngandu T, Lehitsalo J, Solomon A, et al. A 2 year multidomain intervention of diet, exercise, cognitive training, and vascular risk monitoring versus control to prevent cognitive decline in at-risk elderly people (FINGER): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2015;385(9984):2255-2263.
75. U.S. National Library of Medicing. ClinicalTrials.gov. U.S. study to protect brain health through lifestyle intervention to reduce risk (POINTER). https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT03688126?term=pointer&cond=Alzheimer+Disease&rank=1. Published September 28, 2018. Accessed November 3, 2018.
Clinicians have devoted strenuous efforts to secondary prevention of Alzheimer’s disease (AD) by diagnosing and treating patients as early as possible. Unfortunately, there is no cure for AD, and the field has witnessed recurrent failures of several pharmacotherapy candidates with either symptomatic or disease-modifying properties.1 An estimated one-third of AD cases can be attributed to modifiable risk factors.2 Thus, implementing primary prevention measures by addressing modifiable risk factors thought to contribute to the disease, with the goal of reducing the risk of developing AD, or at least delaying its onset, is a crucial public health strategy.
Cardiovascular risk factors, such as hypertension, hyperlipidemia, diabetes, hyperhomocysteinemia, obesity, and smoking, have emerged as substantive risk factors for AD.3 Optimal management of these major risk factors, especially in mid-life, may be a preventive approach against AD. Although detailing the evidence on the impact of managing cardiovascular risk factors to delay or prevent AD is beyond the scope of this article, it is becoming clear that “what is good for the heart is good for the brain.”
Additional modifiable risk factors are related to lifestyle habits, such as physical exercise, mental and social activity, meditation/spiritual activity, and diet. This article reviews the importance of pursuing a healthy lifestyle in delaying AD, with the corresponding levels of evidence that support each specific lifestyle modification. The levels of evidence are defined in Table 1.4
Physical exercise
Twenty-one percent of AD cases in the United States are attributable to physical inactivity.5 In addition to its beneficial effect on metabolic syndrome, in animal and human research, regular exercise has been shown to have direct neuroprotective effects. High levels of physical activity increase hippocampal neurogenesis and neuroplasticity, increase vascular circulation in the brain regions implicated in AD, and modulate inflammatory mediators as well as brain growth factors such as brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) and insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1).6
The definition of regular physical exercise varies across the literature, but usually implies aerobic exercise—an ongoing activity sufficient to increase the heart rate and the need for oxygen, sustained for 20 to 30 minutes per session.7 Modalities include household activities and leisure-time activities. In a large prospective cohort study, Scarmeas et al8 categorized leisure-time activities into 3 types:
- light (walking, dancing, calisthenics, golfing, bowling, gardening, horseback riding)
- moderate (bicycling, swimming, hiking, playing tennis)
- vigorous (aerobic dancing, jogging, playing handball).
These types of physical exercise were weighed by the frequency of participation per week. Compared with being physically inactive, low levels of weekly physical activity (0.1 hours of vigorous, 0.8 hours of moderate, or 1.3 hours of light exercise) were associated with a 29% to 41% lower risk of developing AD, while higher weekly physical activity (1.3 hours of vigorous, 2.3 hours of moderate, or 3.8 hours of light exercise) were associated with a 37% to 50% lower risk (level III).8
In another 20-year cohort study, engaging in leisure-time physical activity at least twice a week in mid-life was significantly associated with a reduced risk of AD, after adjusting for age, sex, education, follow-up time, locomotor disorders, apolipoprotein E (ApoE) genotype, vascular disorders, smoking, and alcohol intake (level III).9 Moreover, a systematic review of 29 randomized controlled trials (RCTs) showed that aerobic exercise training, such as brisk walking, jogging, and biking, was associated with improvements in attention, processing speed, executive function, and memory among healthy older adults and those with mild cognitive impairment (MCI; level IA).10
Continue to: From a pathophysiological standpoint...
From a pathophysiological standpoint, higher levels of physical exercise in cognitively intact older adults have been associated with reduced brain amyloid beta deposits, especially in ApoE4 carriers.11 This inverse relationship also has been demonstrated in patients who are presymptomatic who carry 1 of the 3 known autosomal dominant mutations for the familial forms of AD.12
Overall, physicians should recommend that patients—especially those with cardiovascular risk factors that increase their risk for AD—exercise regularly by following the guidelines of the American Heart Association or the American College of Sports Medicine.13 These include muscle-strengthening activities (legs, hips, back, abdomen, shoulders, and arms) at least 2 days/week, in addition to either 30 minutes/day of moderate-intensity aerobic activity such as brisk walking, 5 days/week; or 25 minutes of vigorous aerobic activity such as jogging and running, 3 days/week14 (level IA evidence for overall improvement in cognitive function; level III evidence for AD delay/risk reduction). Neuromotor exercise, such as yoga and tai chi, and flexibility exercise such as muscle stretching, especially after a hot bath, 2 to 3 days/week are also recommended (level III).15
Mental activity
Nineteen percent of AD cases worldwide and 7% in the United States. can be attributed to low educational attainment, which is associated with low brain cognitive reserve.5 Cognitive resilience in later life may be enhanced by building brain reserves through intellectual stimulation, which affects neuronal branching and plasticity.16 Higher levels of complex mental activities measured across the lifespan, such as education, occupation, reading, and writing, are correlated with significantly less hippocampal volume shrinkage over time.17 Frequent participation in mentally stimulating activities—such as listening to the radio; reading newspapers, magazines, or books; playing games (cards, checkers, crosswords or other puzzles); and visiting museums—was associated with an up to 64% reduction in the odds of developing AD in a cohort of cognitively intact older adults followed for 4 years.18 The correlation between mental activity and AD was found to be independent of physical activity, social activity, or baseline cognitive function.19
In a large cohort of cognitively intact older adults (mean age 70), engaging in a mentally stimulating activity (craft activities, computer use, or going to the theater/movies) once to twice a week was significantly associated with a reduced incidence of amnestic MCI.20 Another prospective 21-year study demonstrated a significant reduction in AD risk in community-dwelling cognitively intact older adults (age 75 to 85) who participated in cognitively stimulating activities, such as reading books or newspapers, writing for pleasure, doing crossword puzzles, playing board games or cards, or playing musical instruments, several times/week.21
Growing scientific evidence also suggests that lifelong multilingualism can delay AD onset by 4 to 5 years.22 Multilingualism is associated with greater cognitive reserve, gray matter volume, functional connectivity and white matter density.23
Continue to: Physicians should encourage their patients...
Physicians should encourage their patients to engage in intellectually stimulating activities and creative leisure-time activities several times/week to enhance their cognitive reserves and delay AD onset (level III evidence with respect to AD risk reduction/delay).
Social activity
Social engagement may be an additional protective factor against AD. In a large 4-year prospective study, increased loneliness in cognitively intact older adults doubled the risk of AD.24 Data from the large French cohort PAQUID (Personnes Agées QUID) emphasized the importance of a patient’s social network as a protective factor against AD. In this cohort, the perception of reciprocity in relationships with others (the perception that a person had received more than he or she had given) was associated with a 53% reduction in AD risk (level III).25 In another longitudinal cohort study, social activity was found to decrease the incidence of subjective cognitive decline, which is a prodromal syndrome for MCI and AD (level III).26
A major confounder in studies assessing for social activity is the uncertainty if social withdrawal is a modifiable risk factor or an early manifestation of AD, since apathetic patients with AD tend to be socially withdrawn.27 Another limitation of measuring the impact of social activity relative to AD risk is the difficulty in isolating social activities from activities that have physical and mental activity components, such as leisure-time activities.28
Meditation/spiritual activity
Chronic psychological stress is believed to compromise limbic structures that regulate stress-related behaviors and the memory network, which might explain how being prone to psychological distress may be associated with MCI or AD.29 Cognitive stress may increase the oxidative stress and telomere shortening implicated in the neurodegenerative processes of AD.30 In one study, participants who were highly prone to psychological distress were found to be at 3 times increased risk for developing AD, after adjusting for depression symptoms and physical and mental activities (level III).31 By reducing chronic psychological stress, meditation techniques offer a promising preventive option against AD.
Mindfulness-based interventions (MBI) have gained increased attention in the past decade. They entail directing one’s attention towards the present moment, thereby decreasing ruminative thoughts and stress arousal.32 Recent RCTs have shown that MBI may promote brain health in older adults not only by improving psychological well-being but also by improving attentional control33 and functional connectivity in brain regions implicated in executive functioning,34 as well as by modulating inflammatory processes implicated in AD.35 Furthermore, an RCT of patients diagnosed with MCI found that compared with memory enhancement training, a weekly 60-minute yoga session improved memory and executive functioning.36
Continue to: Kirtan Kriya is a medication technique...
Kirtan Kriya is a meditation technique that is easy to learn and practice by older adults and can improve memory in patients at risk for developing AD.37 However, more rigorous RCTs conducted in larger samples of older adults are needed to better evaluate the effect of all meditation techniques for delaying or preventing AD (level IB with respect to improvement in cognitive functioning/level III for AD delay/risk reduction).38
Spiritual activities, such as going to places of worship or religious meditation, have been associated with a lower prevalence of AD. Attending religious services, gatherings, or retreats involves a social component because these activities often are practiced in groups. They also confer a method of dealing with psychological distress and depression. Additionally, frequent readings of religious texts represents a mentally stimulating activity that may also contribute to delaying/preventing AD (level III).39
Diet
In the past decade, a growing body of evidence has linked diet to cognition. Individuals with a higher intake of calories and fat are at higher risk for developing AD.40 The incidence of AD rose in Japan after the country transitioned to a more Westernized diet.41 A modern Western diet rich in saturated fatty acids and simple carbohydrates may negatively impact hippocampus-mediated functions such as memory and learning, and is associated with an increased risk of AD.42 In contrast with high-glycemic and fatty diets, a “healthy diet” is associated with a decrease in beta-amyloid burden, inflammation, and oxidative stress.43,44
Studies focusing on dietary patterns rather than a single nutrient for delaying or preventing AD have yielded more robust and consistent results.45 In a recent meta-analysis, adhering to a Mediterranean diet—which is rich in fruits and vegetables, whole grains, olive oil, and fish; moderate in some dairy products and wine; and low in red meat—was associated with a decreased risk of AD; this evidence was derived mostly from epidemiologic studies.46 Scarmeas et al8 found that high adherence to the Mediterranean diet was associated with 32% to 40% reduced risk of AD. Combining this diet with physical exercise was associated with an up to 67% reduced risk (level III). The Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) diet, which is rich in total grains, fruits, vegetables, and dairy products, but low in sodium and sweets, correlated with neurocognitive improvement in patients with hypertension.47 Both the Mediterranean and DASH diets have been associated with better cognitive function48 and slower cognitive decline.49 Thus, an attempt to combine the neuroprotective components from both diets led to the creation of the MIND (Mediterranean-DASH Intervention for Neurodegenerative Delay) diet, which also has been associated with a lower incidence of AD.50
Besides specific diets, some food groups have also been found to promote brain health and may help delay or prevent AD. Berries have the highest amount of antioxidants of all fruit. Among vegetables, tomatoes and green leafy vegetables have the highest amount of nutrients for the brain. Nuts, such as walnuts, which are rich in omega-3 fatty acids, are also considered “power foods” for the brain; however, they should be consumed in moderation because they are also rich in fat. Monounsaturated fatty acids, which are found in olives and olive oil, are also beneficial for the brain. Among the 3 types of omega-3 fatty acids, the most important for cognition is docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) because it constitutes 40% of all fatty acids in the brain. Mainly found in oily fish, DHA has antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties that may delay or prevent AD. Low levels of DHA have been found in patients with AD.51
Continue to: Curcumin, which is derived from...
Curcumin, which is derived from the curry spice turmeric, is a polyphenol with anti-inflammatory, antioxidant, and anti-amyloid properties that may have a promising role in preventing AD in cognitively intact individuals. Initial trials with curcumin have yielded mixed results on cognition, which was partly related to the low solubility and bioavailability of its formulation.52 However, a recent 18-month double-blind randomized placebo-controlled trial found positive effects on memory and attention, as well as reduction of amyloid plaques and tau tangles deposition in the brain, in non-demented older adults age 51 to 84 who took Theracumin, a highly absorptive oral form of curcumin dispersed with colloidal nanoparticles.53 A longer follow-up is required to determine if curcumin can delay or prevent AD.
Alcohol
The role of alcohol in AD prevention is controversial. Overall, data from prospective studies has shown that low to moderate alcohol consumption may be associated with a reduced risk of AD (level III).54 Alcohol drinking in mid-life showed a U-shaped relationship with cognitive impairment; both abstainers and heavy drinkers had an increased risk of cognitive decline compared with light to moderate drinkers (level III).55 Binge drinking significantly increased the odds of cognitive decline, even after controlling for total alcohol consumption per week.55
The definition of low-to-moderate drinking varies substantially among countries. In addition, the size and amount of alcohol contained in a standard drink may differ.56 According to the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA),57 moderate drinking is defined as up to 1 drink daily for women and 2 drinks daily for men. Binge drinking involves drinking >4 drinks for women and >5 drinks for men, in approximately 2 hours, at least monthly. In the United States, one standard drink contains 14 grams of pure alcohol, which is usually found in 12 ounces of regular beer, 5 ounces of wine, and 1.5 ounces of distilled spirits (vodka or whiskey).58
In a 5-year prospective Canadian study, having 1 drink weekly (especially wine) was associated with an up to 50% reduced risk of AD (level III).59 In the French cohort PAQUID, mild drinkers (<1 to 2 drinks/day) and moderate drinkers (3 to 4 drinks daily) had a reduced incidence of AD compared with non-drinkers. Wine was the most frequently consumed beverage in this study.60 Other studies have found cognitive benefits from mild to moderate drinking regardless of beverage type.54 However, a recent study that included a 30-year follow-up failed to find a significant protective effect of light drinking over abstinence in terms of hippocampal atrophy.61 Atrophy of the hippocampus was correlated with increasing alcohol amounts in a dose-dependent manner, starting at 7 to 14 drinks/week (level III).61
Research has shown that moderate and heavy alcohol use or misuse can directly induce microglial activation and inflammatory mediators’ release, which induce amyloid beta pathology and leads to brain atrophy.62 Hence, non-drinkers should not be advised to begin drinking, because of the lack of RCTs and the concern that beginning to drink may lead to heavy drinking. All drinkers should be advised to adhere to the NIAAA recommendations.13
Continue to: Coffee/tea
Coffee/tea
Although studies of caffeinated coffee have been heterogeneous and yielded mixed results (beneficial effect vs no effect on delaying cognitive decline), systematic reviews and meta-analyses of cross-sectional, case-control, and longitudinal cohort studies have found a general trend towards a favorable preventive role (level III).63-65 Caffeine exhibits its neuroprotective effect by increasing brain serotonin and acetylcholine, and by stabilizing blood-brain-barrier integrity.66 Moreover, in an animal study, mice given caffeine in their drinking water from young adulthood into older age had lower amyloid beta plasma levels compared with those given decaffeinated water.67 These findings suggest that in humans, 5 cups of regular caffeinated coffee daily, equivalent to 500 mg of caffeine,
An Italian study showed that older adults who don’t or rarely drink coffee (<1 cup daily) and those who recently increased their consumption pattern to >1 cup daily had a higher incidence of MCI than those who habitually consumed 1 to 2 cups daily.69 Therefore, it is not recommended to advise a change in coffee drinking pattern in old age. Older adults who are coffee drinkers should, however, be educated about the association between heavier caffeine intake and anxiety, insomnia, and cardiac arrhythmias.70
Despite its more modest caffeine levels, green tea is rich in polyphenols, which belong to the family of catechins and are characterized by antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties.71 In a Japanese cohort, higher green tea consumption (up to 1 cup daily) was associated with a decreased incidence of MCI in older adults.72 More studies are needed to confirm its potential preventative role in AD.
Which lifestyle change is the most important?
Focusing on a single lifestyle change may be insufficient, especially because the bulk of evidence for individual interventions comes from population-based cohort studies (level III), rather than strong RCTs with a long follow-up. There is increasing evidence that combining multiple lifestyle modifications may yield better outcomes in maintaining or improving cognition.73
The Finnish Geriatric Intervention Study to Prevent Cognitive Impairment and Disability (FINGER), a large, 2-year RCT that included community-dwelling older adults (age 60 to 77) with no diagnosis of major neurocognitive disorder, found that compared with regular health advice, multi-domain interventions reduced cognitive decline and improved overall cognition, executive functioning, and processing speed. The interventions evaluated in this study combined the following 4 modalities74:
- a healthy diet according to the Finnish nutrition recommendations (eating vegetables, fruits, and berries [minimum: 500 g/d], whole grain cereals [several times a day], and fish [2 to 3 times/week]; using low-salt products; consuming fat-free or low-fat milk products; and limiting red meat consumption to <500 g/week
- regular physical exercise tailored for improving muscle strength (1 to 3 times/week) coupled with aerobic exercise (2 to 5 times/week)
- cognitive training, including group sessions that have a social activity component and computer-based individual sessions 3 times/week that target episodic and working memory and executive functioning
- optimal management of cardiovascular risk factors.
Continue to: This multi-domain approach...
This multi-domain approach for lifestyle modification should be strongly recommended to cognitively intact older patients (level IB).
Modeled after the FINGER study, the Alzheimer’s Association U.S. Study to Protect Brain Health Through Lifestyle Intervention to Reduce Risk (U.S. POINTER) is a 2-year, multicenter, controlled clinical trial aimed at testing the ability of a multidimensional lifestyle intervention to prevent AD in at-risk older adults (age 60 to 79, with established metabolic and cardiovascular risk factors). Interventions include a combination of physical exercise, nutritional counseling and management, cognitive and social stimulation, and improved management of cardiovascular risk factors. Recruitment for this large-scale trial was estimated to begin in January 2019 (NCT03688126).75
On a practical basis, Desai et al13 have proposed a checklist (Table 213) that physicians can use in their routine consultations to improve primary prevention of AD among their older patients.
Bottom Line
Advise patients that pursuing a healthy lifestyle is a key to delaying or preventing Alzheimer’s disease. This involves managing cardiovascular risk factors and a combination of staying physically, mentally, socially, and spiritually active, in addition to adhering to a healthy diet such as the Mediterranean diet.
Related Resources
- Anderson K, Grossberg GT. Brain games to slow cognitive decline in Alzheimer’s disease. J Am Med Dir Assoc. 2014;15(8):536-537.
- Small G, Vorgan G. The memory prescription: Dr. Garry Small’s 14-day plan to keep your brain and body young. New York, NY: Hyperion; 2004.
- Small G, Vorgan G. The Alzheimer’s prevention program; keep your brain healthy for the rest of your life. New York, NY: Workman Publishing Company, Inc.; 2012.
Drug Brand Name
Curcumin • Theracurmin
Clinicians have devoted strenuous efforts to secondary prevention of Alzheimer’s disease (AD) by diagnosing and treating patients as early as possible. Unfortunately, there is no cure for AD, and the field has witnessed recurrent failures of several pharmacotherapy candidates with either symptomatic or disease-modifying properties.1 An estimated one-third of AD cases can be attributed to modifiable risk factors.2 Thus, implementing primary prevention measures by addressing modifiable risk factors thought to contribute to the disease, with the goal of reducing the risk of developing AD, or at least delaying its onset, is a crucial public health strategy.
Cardiovascular risk factors, such as hypertension, hyperlipidemia, diabetes, hyperhomocysteinemia, obesity, and smoking, have emerged as substantive risk factors for AD.3 Optimal management of these major risk factors, especially in mid-life, may be a preventive approach against AD. Although detailing the evidence on the impact of managing cardiovascular risk factors to delay or prevent AD is beyond the scope of this article, it is becoming clear that “what is good for the heart is good for the brain.”
Additional modifiable risk factors are related to lifestyle habits, such as physical exercise, mental and social activity, meditation/spiritual activity, and diet. This article reviews the importance of pursuing a healthy lifestyle in delaying AD, with the corresponding levels of evidence that support each specific lifestyle modification. The levels of evidence are defined in Table 1.4
Physical exercise
Twenty-one percent of AD cases in the United States are attributable to physical inactivity.5 In addition to its beneficial effect on metabolic syndrome, in animal and human research, regular exercise has been shown to have direct neuroprotective effects. High levels of physical activity increase hippocampal neurogenesis and neuroplasticity, increase vascular circulation in the brain regions implicated in AD, and modulate inflammatory mediators as well as brain growth factors such as brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) and insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1).6
The definition of regular physical exercise varies across the literature, but usually implies aerobic exercise—an ongoing activity sufficient to increase the heart rate and the need for oxygen, sustained for 20 to 30 minutes per session.7 Modalities include household activities and leisure-time activities. In a large prospective cohort study, Scarmeas et al8 categorized leisure-time activities into 3 types:
- light (walking, dancing, calisthenics, golfing, bowling, gardening, horseback riding)
- moderate (bicycling, swimming, hiking, playing tennis)
- vigorous (aerobic dancing, jogging, playing handball).
These types of physical exercise were weighed by the frequency of participation per week. Compared with being physically inactive, low levels of weekly physical activity (0.1 hours of vigorous, 0.8 hours of moderate, or 1.3 hours of light exercise) were associated with a 29% to 41% lower risk of developing AD, while higher weekly physical activity (1.3 hours of vigorous, 2.3 hours of moderate, or 3.8 hours of light exercise) were associated with a 37% to 50% lower risk (level III).8
In another 20-year cohort study, engaging in leisure-time physical activity at least twice a week in mid-life was significantly associated with a reduced risk of AD, after adjusting for age, sex, education, follow-up time, locomotor disorders, apolipoprotein E (ApoE) genotype, vascular disorders, smoking, and alcohol intake (level III).9 Moreover, a systematic review of 29 randomized controlled trials (RCTs) showed that aerobic exercise training, such as brisk walking, jogging, and biking, was associated with improvements in attention, processing speed, executive function, and memory among healthy older adults and those with mild cognitive impairment (MCI; level IA).10
Continue to: From a pathophysiological standpoint...
From a pathophysiological standpoint, higher levels of physical exercise in cognitively intact older adults have been associated with reduced brain amyloid beta deposits, especially in ApoE4 carriers.11 This inverse relationship also has been demonstrated in patients who are presymptomatic who carry 1 of the 3 known autosomal dominant mutations for the familial forms of AD.12
Overall, physicians should recommend that patients—especially those with cardiovascular risk factors that increase their risk for AD—exercise regularly by following the guidelines of the American Heart Association or the American College of Sports Medicine.13 These include muscle-strengthening activities (legs, hips, back, abdomen, shoulders, and arms) at least 2 days/week, in addition to either 30 minutes/day of moderate-intensity aerobic activity such as brisk walking, 5 days/week; or 25 minutes of vigorous aerobic activity such as jogging and running, 3 days/week14 (level IA evidence for overall improvement in cognitive function; level III evidence for AD delay/risk reduction). Neuromotor exercise, such as yoga and tai chi, and flexibility exercise such as muscle stretching, especially after a hot bath, 2 to 3 days/week are also recommended (level III).15
Mental activity
Nineteen percent of AD cases worldwide and 7% in the United States. can be attributed to low educational attainment, which is associated with low brain cognitive reserve.5 Cognitive resilience in later life may be enhanced by building brain reserves through intellectual stimulation, which affects neuronal branching and plasticity.16 Higher levels of complex mental activities measured across the lifespan, such as education, occupation, reading, and writing, are correlated with significantly less hippocampal volume shrinkage over time.17 Frequent participation in mentally stimulating activities—such as listening to the radio; reading newspapers, magazines, or books; playing games (cards, checkers, crosswords or other puzzles); and visiting museums—was associated with an up to 64% reduction in the odds of developing AD in a cohort of cognitively intact older adults followed for 4 years.18 The correlation between mental activity and AD was found to be independent of physical activity, social activity, or baseline cognitive function.19
In a large cohort of cognitively intact older adults (mean age 70), engaging in a mentally stimulating activity (craft activities, computer use, or going to the theater/movies) once to twice a week was significantly associated with a reduced incidence of amnestic MCI.20 Another prospective 21-year study demonstrated a significant reduction in AD risk in community-dwelling cognitively intact older adults (age 75 to 85) who participated in cognitively stimulating activities, such as reading books or newspapers, writing for pleasure, doing crossword puzzles, playing board games or cards, or playing musical instruments, several times/week.21
Growing scientific evidence also suggests that lifelong multilingualism can delay AD onset by 4 to 5 years.22 Multilingualism is associated with greater cognitive reserve, gray matter volume, functional connectivity and white matter density.23
Continue to: Physicians should encourage their patients...
Physicians should encourage their patients to engage in intellectually stimulating activities and creative leisure-time activities several times/week to enhance their cognitive reserves and delay AD onset (level III evidence with respect to AD risk reduction/delay).
Social activity
Social engagement may be an additional protective factor against AD. In a large 4-year prospective study, increased loneliness in cognitively intact older adults doubled the risk of AD.24 Data from the large French cohort PAQUID (Personnes Agées QUID) emphasized the importance of a patient’s social network as a protective factor against AD. In this cohort, the perception of reciprocity in relationships with others (the perception that a person had received more than he or she had given) was associated with a 53% reduction in AD risk (level III).25 In another longitudinal cohort study, social activity was found to decrease the incidence of subjective cognitive decline, which is a prodromal syndrome for MCI and AD (level III).26
A major confounder in studies assessing for social activity is the uncertainty if social withdrawal is a modifiable risk factor or an early manifestation of AD, since apathetic patients with AD tend to be socially withdrawn.27 Another limitation of measuring the impact of social activity relative to AD risk is the difficulty in isolating social activities from activities that have physical and mental activity components, such as leisure-time activities.28
Meditation/spiritual activity
Chronic psychological stress is believed to compromise limbic structures that regulate stress-related behaviors and the memory network, which might explain how being prone to psychological distress may be associated with MCI or AD.29 Cognitive stress may increase the oxidative stress and telomere shortening implicated in the neurodegenerative processes of AD.30 In one study, participants who were highly prone to psychological distress were found to be at 3 times increased risk for developing AD, after adjusting for depression symptoms and physical and mental activities (level III).31 By reducing chronic psychological stress, meditation techniques offer a promising preventive option against AD.
Mindfulness-based interventions (MBI) have gained increased attention in the past decade. They entail directing one’s attention towards the present moment, thereby decreasing ruminative thoughts and stress arousal.32 Recent RCTs have shown that MBI may promote brain health in older adults not only by improving psychological well-being but also by improving attentional control33 and functional connectivity in brain regions implicated in executive functioning,34 as well as by modulating inflammatory processes implicated in AD.35 Furthermore, an RCT of patients diagnosed with MCI found that compared with memory enhancement training, a weekly 60-minute yoga session improved memory and executive functioning.36
Continue to: Kirtan Kriya is a medication technique...
Kirtan Kriya is a meditation technique that is easy to learn and practice by older adults and can improve memory in patients at risk for developing AD.37 However, more rigorous RCTs conducted in larger samples of older adults are needed to better evaluate the effect of all meditation techniques for delaying or preventing AD (level IB with respect to improvement in cognitive functioning/level III for AD delay/risk reduction).38
Spiritual activities, such as going to places of worship or religious meditation, have been associated with a lower prevalence of AD. Attending religious services, gatherings, or retreats involves a social component because these activities often are practiced in groups. They also confer a method of dealing with psychological distress and depression. Additionally, frequent readings of religious texts represents a mentally stimulating activity that may also contribute to delaying/preventing AD (level III).39
Diet
In the past decade, a growing body of evidence has linked diet to cognition. Individuals with a higher intake of calories and fat are at higher risk for developing AD.40 The incidence of AD rose in Japan after the country transitioned to a more Westernized diet.41 A modern Western diet rich in saturated fatty acids and simple carbohydrates may negatively impact hippocampus-mediated functions such as memory and learning, and is associated with an increased risk of AD.42 In contrast with high-glycemic and fatty diets, a “healthy diet” is associated with a decrease in beta-amyloid burden, inflammation, and oxidative stress.43,44
Studies focusing on dietary patterns rather than a single nutrient for delaying or preventing AD have yielded more robust and consistent results.45 In a recent meta-analysis, adhering to a Mediterranean diet—which is rich in fruits and vegetables, whole grains, olive oil, and fish; moderate in some dairy products and wine; and low in red meat—was associated with a decreased risk of AD; this evidence was derived mostly from epidemiologic studies.46 Scarmeas et al8 found that high adherence to the Mediterranean diet was associated with 32% to 40% reduced risk of AD. Combining this diet with physical exercise was associated with an up to 67% reduced risk (level III). The Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) diet, which is rich in total grains, fruits, vegetables, and dairy products, but low in sodium and sweets, correlated with neurocognitive improvement in patients with hypertension.47 Both the Mediterranean and DASH diets have been associated with better cognitive function48 and slower cognitive decline.49 Thus, an attempt to combine the neuroprotective components from both diets led to the creation of the MIND (Mediterranean-DASH Intervention for Neurodegenerative Delay) diet, which also has been associated with a lower incidence of AD.50
Besides specific diets, some food groups have also been found to promote brain health and may help delay or prevent AD. Berries have the highest amount of antioxidants of all fruit. Among vegetables, tomatoes and green leafy vegetables have the highest amount of nutrients for the brain. Nuts, such as walnuts, which are rich in omega-3 fatty acids, are also considered “power foods” for the brain; however, they should be consumed in moderation because they are also rich in fat. Monounsaturated fatty acids, which are found in olives and olive oil, are also beneficial for the brain. Among the 3 types of omega-3 fatty acids, the most important for cognition is docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) because it constitutes 40% of all fatty acids in the brain. Mainly found in oily fish, DHA has antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties that may delay or prevent AD. Low levels of DHA have been found in patients with AD.51
Continue to: Curcumin, which is derived from...
Curcumin, which is derived from the curry spice turmeric, is a polyphenol with anti-inflammatory, antioxidant, and anti-amyloid properties that may have a promising role in preventing AD in cognitively intact individuals. Initial trials with curcumin have yielded mixed results on cognition, which was partly related to the low solubility and bioavailability of its formulation.52 However, a recent 18-month double-blind randomized placebo-controlled trial found positive effects on memory and attention, as well as reduction of amyloid plaques and tau tangles deposition in the brain, in non-demented older adults age 51 to 84 who took Theracumin, a highly absorptive oral form of curcumin dispersed with colloidal nanoparticles.53 A longer follow-up is required to determine if curcumin can delay or prevent AD.
Alcohol
The role of alcohol in AD prevention is controversial. Overall, data from prospective studies has shown that low to moderate alcohol consumption may be associated with a reduced risk of AD (level III).54 Alcohol drinking in mid-life showed a U-shaped relationship with cognitive impairment; both abstainers and heavy drinkers had an increased risk of cognitive decline compared with light to moderate drinkers (level III).55 Binge drinking significantly increased the odds of cognitive decline, even after controlling for total alcohol consumption per week.55
The definition of low-to-moderate drinking varies substantially among countries. In addition, the size and amount of alcohol contained in a standard drink may differ.56 According to the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA),57 moderate drinking is defined as up to 1 drink daily for women and 2 drinks daily for men. Binge drinking involves drinking >4 drinks for women and >5 drinks for men, in approximately 2 hours, at least monthly. In the United States, one standard drink contains 14 grams of pure alcohol, which is usually found in 12 ounces of regular beer, 5 ounces of wine, and 1.5 ounces of distilled spirits (vodka or whiskey).58
In a 5-year prospective Canadian study, having 1 drink weekly (especially wine) was associated with an up to 50% reduced risk of AD (level III).59 In the French cohort PAQUID, mild drinkers (<1 to 2 drinks/day) and moderate drinkers (3 to 4 drinks daily) had a reduced incidence of AD compared with non-drinkers. Wine was the most frequently consumed beverage in this study.60 Other studies have found cognitive benefits from mild to moderate drinking regardless of beverage type.54 However, a recent study that included a 30-year follow-up failed to find a significant protective effect of light drinking over abstinence in terms of hippocampal atrophy.61 Atrophy of the hippocampus was correlated with increasing alcohol amounts in a dose-dependent manner, starting at 7 to 14 drinks/week (level III).61
Research has shown that moderate and heavy alcohol use or misuse can directly induce microglial activation and inflammatory mediators’ release, which induce amyloid beta pathology and leads to brain atrophy.62 Hence, non-drinkers should not be advised to begin drinking, because of the lack of RCTs and the concern that beginning to drink may lead to heavy drinking. All drinkers should be advised to adhere to the NIAAA recommendations.13
Continue to: Coffee/tea
Coffee/tea
Although studies of caffeinated coffee have been heterogeneous and yielded mixed results (beneficial effect vs no effect on delaying cognitive decline), systematic reviews and meta-analyses of cross-sectional, case-control, and longitudinal cohort studies have found a general trend towards a favorable preventive role (level III).63-65 Caffeine exhibits its neuroprotective effect by increasing brain serotonin and acetylcholine, and by stabilizing blood-brain-barrier integrity.66 Moreover, in an animal study, mice given caffeine in their drinking water from young adulthood into older age had lower amyloid beta plasma levels compared with those given decaffeinated water.67 These findings suggest that in humans, 5 cups of regular caffeinated coffee daily, equivalent to 500 mg of caffeine,
An Italian study showed that older adults who don’t or rarely drink coffee (<1 cup daily) and those who recently increased their consumption pattern to >1 cup daily had a higher incidence of MCI than those who habitually consumed 1 to 2 cups daily.69 Therefore, it is not recommended to advise a change in coffee drinking pattern in old age. Older adults who are coffee drinkers should, however, be educated about the association between heavier caffeine intake and anxiety, insomnia, and cardiac arrhythmias.70
Despite its more modest caffeine levels, green tea is rich in polyphenols, which belong to the family of catechins and are characterized by antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties.71 In a Japanese cohort, higher green tea consumption (up to 1 cup daily) was associated with a decreased incidence of MCI in older adults.72 More studies are needed to confirm its potential preventative role in AD.
Which lifestyle change is the most important?
Focusing on a single lifestyle change may be insufficient, especially because the bulk of evidence for individual interventions comes from population-based cohort studies (level III), rather than strong RCTs with a long follow-up. There is increasing evidence that combining multiple lifestyle modifications may yield better outcomes in maintaining or improving cognition.73
The Finnish Geriatric Intervention Study to Prevent Cognitive Impairment and Disability (FINGER), a large, 2-year RCT that included community-dwelling older adults (age 60 to 77) with no diagnosis of major neurocognitive disorder, found that compared with regular health advice, multi-domain interventions reduced cognitive decline and improved overall cognition, executive functioning, and processing speed. The interventions evaluated in this study combined the following 4 modalities74:
- a healthy diet according to the Finnish nutrition recommendations (eating vegetables, fruits, and berries [minimum: 500 g/d], whole grain cereals [several times a day], and fish [2 to 3 times/week]; using low-salt products; consuming fat-free or low-fat milk products; and limiting red meat consumption to <500 g/week
- regular physical exercise tailored for improving muscle strength (1 to 3 times/week) coupled with aerobic exercise (2 to 5 times/week)
- cognitive training, including group sessions that have a social activity component and computer-based individual sessions 3 times/week that target episodic and working memory and executive functioning
- optimal management of cardiovascular risk factors.
Continue to: This multi-domain approach...
This multi-domain approach for lifestyle modification should be strongly recommended to cognitively intact older patients (level IB).
Modeled after the FINGER study, the Alzheimer’s Association U.S. Study to Protect Brain Health Through Lifestyle Intervention to Reduce Risk (U.S. POINTER) is a 2-year, multicenter, controlled clinical trial aimed at testing the ability of a multidimensional lifestyle intervention to prevent AD in at-risk older adults (age 60 to 79, with established metabolic and cardiovascular risk factors). Interventions include a combination of physical exercise, nutritional counseling and management, cognitive and social stimulation, and improved management of cardiovascular risk factors. Recruitment for this large-scale trial was estimated to begin in January 2019 (NCT03688126).75
On a practical basis, Desai et al13 have proposed a checklist (Table 213) that physicians can use in their routine consultations to improve primary prevention of AD among their older patients.
Bottom Line
Advise patients that pursuing a healthy lifestyle is a key to delaying or preventing Alzheimer’s disease. This involves managing cardiovascular risk factors and a combination of staying physically, mentally, socially, and spiritually active, in addition to adhering to a healthy diet such as the Mediterranean diet.
Related Resources
- Anderson K, Grossberg GT. Brain games to slow cognitive decline in Alzheimer’s disease. J Am Med Dir Assoc. 2014;15(8):536-537.
- Small G, Vorgan G. The memory prescription: Dr. Garry Small’s 14-day plan to keep your brain and body young. New York, NY: Hyperion; 2004.
- Small G, Vorgan G. The Alzheimer’s prevention program; keep your brain healthy for the rest of your life. New York, NY: Workman Publishing Company, Inc.; 2012.
Drug Brand Name
Curcumin • Theracurmin
1. Mehta D, Jackson R, Paul G, et al. Why do trials for Alzheimer’s disease drugs keep failing? A discontinued drug perspective for 2010-2015. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2017;26(6):735-739.
2. Norton S, Matthews FE, Barnes DE, et al. Potential for primary prevention of Alzheimer’s disease: an analysis of population-based data. Lancet Neurol. 2014;13(8):788-794.
3. Meng XF, Yu JT, Wang HF, et al. Midlife vascular risk factors and the risk of Alzheimer’s disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Alzheimers Dis. 2014;42(4):1295-1310.
4. Shekelle PG, Woolf SH, Eccles M, et al. Developing clinical guidelines. West J Med. 1999;170(6):348-351.
5. Barnes DE, Yaffe Y. The projected impact of risk factor reduction on Alzheimer’s disease prevalence. Lancet Neurol. 2011;10(9):819-828.
6. Cotman CW, Berchtold NC, Christie LA. Exercise builds brain health: key roles of growth factor cascades and inflammation. Trends Neurosci. 2007;30(9):464-472.
7. Ahlskog JE, Geda YE, Graff-Radford NR, et al. Physical exercise as a preventive or disease-modifying treatment of dementia and brain aging. Mayo Clin Proc. 2011;86(9):876-884.
8. Scarmeas N, Luchsinger JA, Schupf N, et al. Physical activity, diet, and risk of Alzheimer Disease. JAMA. 2009;302(6):627-637.
9. Rovio S, Kåreholt I, Helkala EL, et al. Leisure-time physical activity at midlife and the risk of dementia and Alzheimer’s disease. Lancet Neurol. 2005;4(11):705-711.
10. Smith PJ et al. Aerobic exercise and neurocognitive performance: a meta-analytic review of randomized controlled trials. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(3):239-252.
11. Brown BM, Peiffer JJ, Taddei K, et al. Physical activity and amyloid-beta plasma and brain levels: results from the Australian imaging, biomarkers and lifestyle study of ageing. Mol Psychiatry. 2013;18(8):875-881.
12. Brown BM, Sohrabi HR, Taddei K, et al. Habitual exercise levels are associated with cerebral amyloid load in presymptomatic autosomal dominant Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimers Dement. 2017;13(11):1197-1206.
13. Desai AK, Grossberg GT, Chibnall JT. Healthy brain aging: a road map. Clin Geriatr Med. 2010;26(1):1-16.
14. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Physical activity: how much physical activity do older adults need?
15. Garber CE, Blissmer B, Deschenes MR, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. American College of Sports Medicine position stand. Quantity and quality of exercise for developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory, musculoskeletal, and neuromotor fitness in apparently healthy adults: guidance for prescribing exercise. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2011;43(7):1334-1359.
16. Livingston G, Sommerlad A, Orgeta V, et al. Dementia prevention, intervention, and care. Lancet. 2017;390(10113);2673-2734.
17. Valenzuela MJ, Sachdev P, Wen W, et al. Lifespan mental activity predicts diminished rate of hippocampal atrophy. PLoS One. 2008;3(7):e2598. doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0002598.
18. Wilson RS, Bennett DA, Bienias JL, et al. Cognitive activity and incident AD in a population-based sample of older persons. Neurology. 2002;59(12):1910-1914.
19. Wilson RS, Scherr PA, Schneider JA, et al. Relation of cognitive activity to risk of developing Alzheimer disease. Neurology. 2007;69(20):1911-1920.
20. Krell-Roesch J, Vemuri P, Pink A, et al. Association between mentally stimulating activities in late life and the outcome of incident mild cognitive impairment, with an analysis of the apoe ε4 genotype. JAMA Neurol. 2017;74(3):332-338.
21. Verghese J, Lipton RB, Katz MJ, et al. Leisure activities and the risk of dementia in the elderly. N Engl J Med. 2003;348(25):2508-2516.
22. Klein RM, Christie J, Parkvall M. Does multilingualism affect the incidence of Alzheimer’s disease?: a worldwide analysis by country. SSM Popul Health. 2016;2:463-467.
23. Grundy JG, Anderson JAE, Bialystok E. Neural correlates of cognitive processing in monolinguals and bilinguals. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 2017;1396(1):183-201.
24. Wilson RS, Krueger KR, Arnold SE, et al. Loneliness and risk of Alzheimer disease. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007;64(2):234-240.
25. Amieva H, Stoykova R, Matharan F, et al. What aspects of social network are protective for dementia? Not the quantity but the quality of social interactions is protective up to 15 years later. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(9):905-911.
26. Kuiper JS, Oude Voshaar RC, Zuidema SU, et al. The relationship between social functioning and subjective memory complaints in older persons: a population-based longitudinal cohort study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2017;32(10):1059-1071.
27. Robert P, Onyike CU, Leentjens AF, et al. Proposed diagnostic criteria for apathy in Alzheimer’s disease and other neuropsychiatric disorders. Eur Psychiatry. 2009;24(2):98-104.
28. Marioni RE, Proust-Lima C, Amieva H, et al. Social activity, cognitive decline and dementia risk: a 20-year prospective cohort study. BMC Public Health. 2015;15:1089.
29. Wilson RS, Schneider JA, Boyle PA, et al. Chronic distress and incidence of mild cognitive impairment. Neurology. 2007;68(24):2085-2092.
30. Cai Z, Yan LJ, Ratka A. Telomere shortening and Alzheimer’s disease. Neuromolecular Med. 2013;15(1):25-48.
31. Wilson RS, Arnold SE, Schneider JA, et al. Chronic psychological distress and risk of Alzheimer’s disease in old age. Neuroepidemiology. 2006;27(3):143-153.
32. Epel E, Daubenmier J, Moskowitz JT, et al. Can meditation slow rate of cellular aging? Cognitive stress, mindfulness, and telomeres. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 2009;1172:34-53.
33. Malinowski P, Moore AW, Mead Br, et al. Mindful aging: the effects of regular brief mindfulness practice on electrophysiological markers of cognitive and affective processing in older adults. Mindfulness (N Y). 2017;8(1):78-94.
34. Taren AA, Gianaros PJ, Greco CM, et al. Mindfulness meditation training and executive control network resting state functional connectivity: a randomized controlled trial. Psychosom Med. 2017;79(6):674-683.
35. Fountain-Zaragoza S, Prakash RS. Mindfulness training for healthy aging: impact on attention, well-being, and inflammation. Front in Aging Neurosci. 2017;9:11.
36. Eyre HA, Siddarth P, Acevedo B, et al. A randomized controlled trial of Kundalini yoga in mild cognitive impairment. Int Psychogeriatr. 2017;29(4):557-567.
37. Khalsa DS. Stress, meditation, and Alzheimer’s disease prevention: where the evidence stands. J Alzheimers Dis. 2015;48(1):1-12.
38. Berk L, van Boxtel M, van Os J. Can mindfulness-based interventions influence cognitive functioning in older adults? A review and considerations for future research. Aging Ment Health. 2017;21(11):1113-1120.
39. Hosseini S, Chaurasia A, Oremus M. The effect of religion and spirituality on cognitive function: a systematic review. Gerontologist. 2017. doi: 10.1093/geront/gnx024.
40. Luchsinger JA, Tang MX, Shea S, et al. Caloric intake and the risk of Alzheimer disease. Arch Neurol. 2002;59(8):1258-1263.
41. Grant WB. Trends in diet and Alzheimer’s disease during the nutrition transition in Japan and developing countries. J Alzheimers Dis. 2014;38(3):611-620.
42. Kanoski SE, Davidson TL. Western diet consumption and cognitive impairment: links to hippocampal dysfunction and obesity. Physiol Behav. 2011;103(1):59-68.
43. Hu N, Yu JT, Tan L, et al. Nutrition and the risk of Alzheimer’s disease. Biomed Res Int. 2013;2013:524820. doi: 10.1155/2013/524820.
44. Taylor MK, Sullivan DK, Swerdlow RH, et al. A high-glycemic diet is associated with cerebral amyloid burden in cognitively normal older adults. Am J Clin Nutr. 2017;106(6):1463-1470.
45. van de Rest O, Berendsen AM, Haveman-Nies A, et al. Dietary patterns, cognitive decline, and dementia: a systematic review. Adv Nutr. 2015;6(2):154-168.
46. Petersson SD, Philippou E. Mediterranean diet, cognitive function, and dementia: a systematic review of the evidence. Adv Nutr. 2016;7(5):889-904.
47. Smith PJ, Blumenthal JA, Babyak MA, et al. Effects of the dietary approaches to stop hypertension diet, exercise, and caloric restriction on neurocognition in overweight adults with high blood pressure. Hypertension. 2010;55(6):1331-1338.
48. Wengreen H, Munger RG, Cutler A, et al. Prospective study of dietary approaches to stop hypertension- and Mediterranean-style dietary patterns and age-related cognitive change: the Cache County study on memory, health and aging. Am J Clin Nutr. 2013;98(5):1263-1271.
49. Tangney CC, Li H, Wang Y, et al. Relation of DASH- and Mediterranean-like dietary patterns to cognitive decline in older persons. Neurology. 2014;83(16):1410-1416.
50. Morris MC, Tangney CC, Wang Y, et al. MIND diet associated with reduced incidence of Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimers Dement. 2015;11(9):1007-1014.
51. Desai AK, Rush J, Naveen L, et al. Nutrition and nutritional supplements to promote brain health. In: Hartman-Stein PE, Rue AL, eds. Enhancing cognitive fitness in adults: a guide to the use and development of community-based programs. New York, NY: Springer; 2011:249-269.
52. Goozee KG, Shah TM, Sohrabi HR, et al. Examining the potential clinical value of curcumin in the prevention and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease. Br J Nutr. 2016;115(3):449-465.
53. Small GW, Siddarth P, Li Z, et al. Memory and brain amyloid and tau effects of a bioavailable form of curcumin in non-demented adults: a double-blind, placebo-controlled 18-month trial. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2018;26(3):266-277.
54. Kim JW, Lee DY, Lee BC, et al. Alcohol and cognition in the elderly: a review. Psychiatry Investig. 2012;9(1):8-16.
55. Virtaa JJ, Järvenpää T, Heikkilä K, et al. Midlife alcohol consumption and later risk of cognitive impairment: a twin follow-up study. J Alzheimers Dis. 2010;22(3):939-948.
56. Kerr WC, Stockwell T. Understanding standard drinks and drinking guidelines. Drug and Alcohol Rev. 2012;31(2):200-205.
57. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Drinking levels defined. https://www.niaaa.nih.gov/alcohol-health/overview-alcohol-consumption/moderate-binge-drinking. Accessed December 9, 2017.
58. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. What is a standard drink? https://www.niaaa.nih.gov/alcohol-health/overview-alcohol-consumption/what-standard-drink. Accessed November 9, 2017.
59. Lindsay J, Laurin D, Verreault R, et al. Risk factors for Alzheimer’s disease: a prospective analysis from the Canadian study of health and aging. Am J Epidemiol. 2002;156(5):445-453.
60. Orgogozo JM, Dartigues JF, Lafont S, et al. Wine consumption and dementia in the elderly: a prospective community study in the Bordeaux area. Rev Neurol (Paris). 1997;153(3):185-192.
61. Topiwala A, Allan CL, Valkanova V, et al. Moderate alcohol consumption as risk factor for adverse brain outcomes and cognitive decline: longitudinal cohort study. BMJ. 2017;357.
62. Venkataraman A, Kalk N, Sewell G, et al. Alcohol and Alzheimer’s disease-does alcohol dependence contribute to beta-amyloid deposition, neuroinflammation and neurodegeneration in Alzheimer’s Disease? Alcohol Alcohol. 2017;52(2):151-158.
63. Ma QP, Huang C, Cui QY, et al. Meta-analysis of the association between tea intake and the risk of cognitive disorders. PLoS One. 2016;11(11):e0165861. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0165861.
64. Santos C, Costa J, Santos J, et al. Caffeine intake and dementia: systematic review and meta-analysis. J Alzheimers Dis. 2010;20(Suppl 1):S187-204.
65. Panza F, Solfrizzi V, Barulli MR, et al. Coffee, tea, and caffeine consumption and prevention of late-life cognitive decline and dementia: a systematic review. J Nutr Health Aging. 2015;19(3):313-328.
66. Wierzejska R. Can coffee consumption lower the risk of Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease? A literature review. Arch Med Sci. 2017;13(3):507-514.
67. Arendash GW, Cao C. Caffeine and coffee as therapeutics against Alzheimer’s disease. J Alzheimers Dis. 2010;20 (Suppl 1):S117-S126.
68. Eskelinen MH, Ngandu T, Tuomilehto J, et al. Midlife coffee and tea drinking and the risk of late-life dementia: a population-based CAIDE study. J Alzheimers Dis. 2009;16(1):85-91.
69. Solfrizzi V, Panza F, Imbimbo BP, et al. Coffee consumption habits and the risk of mild cognitive impairment: the Italian longitudinal study on aging. J Alzheimers Dis. 2015;47(4):889-899.
70. Vittoria Mattioli. Beverages of daily life: impact of caffeine on atrial fibrillation. J Atr Fibrillation. 2014;7(2):1133.
71. Chacko SM, Thambi PT, Kuttan R, et al. Beneficial effects of green tea: a literature review. Chin Med. 2010;5:13.
72. Noguchi-Shinohara M, Yuki S, Dohmoto C, et al. Consumption of green tea, but not black tea or coffee, is associated with reduced risk of cognitive decline. PLoS One. 2014;9(5):e96013. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0096013.
73. Schneider N, Yvon C. A review of multidomain interventions to support healthy cognitive ageing. J Nutr Health Aging. 2013;17(3):252-257.
74. Ngandu T, Lehitsalo J, Solomon A, et al. A 2 year multidomain intervention of diet, exercise, cognitive training, and vascular risk monitoring versus control to prevent cognitive decline in at-risk elderly people (FINGER): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2015;385(9984):2255-2263.
75. U.S. National Library of Medicing. ClinicalTrials.gov. U.S. study to protect brain health through lifestyle intervention to reduce risk (POINTER). https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT03688126?term=pointer&cond=Alzheimer+Disease&rank=1. Published September 28, 2018. Accessed November 3, 2018.
1. Mehta D, Jackson R, Paul G, et al. Why do trials for Alzheimer’s disease drugs keep failing? A discontinued drug perspective for 2010-2015. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2017;26(6):735-739.
2. Norton S, Matthews FE, Barnes DE, et al. Potential for primary prevention of Alzheimer’s disease: an analysis of population-based data. Lancet Neurol. 2014;13(8):788-794.
3. Meng XF, Yu JT, Wang HF, et al. Midlife vascular risk factors and the risk of Alzheimer’s disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Alzheimers Dis. 2014;42(4):1295-1310.
4. Shekelle PG, Woolf SH, Eccles M, et al. Developing clinical guidelines. West J Med. 1999;170(6):348-351.
5. Barnes DE, Yaffe Y. The projected impact of risk factor reduction on Alzheimer’s disease prevalence. Lancet Neurol. 2011;10(9):819-828.
6. Cotman CW, Berchtold NC, Christie LA. Exercise builds brain health: key roles of growth factor cascades and inflammation. Trends Neurosci. 2007;30(9):464-472.
7. Ahlskog JE, Geda YE, Graff-Radford NR, et al. Physical exercise as a preventive or disease-modifying treatment of dementia and brain aging. Mayo Clin Proc. 2011;86(9):876-884.
8. Scarmeas N, Luchsinger JA, Schupf N, et al. Physical activity, diet, and risk of Alzheimer Disease. JAMA. 2009;302(6):627-637.
9. Rovio S, Kåreholt I, Helkala EL, et al. Leisure-time physical activity at midlife and the risk of dementia and Alzheimer’s disease. Lancet Neurol. 2005;4(11):705-711.
10. Smith PJ et al. Aerobic exercise and neurocognitive performance: a meta-analytic review of randomized controlled trials. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(3):239-252.
11. Brown BM, Peiffer JJ, Taddei K, et al. Physical activity and amyloid-beta plasma and brain levels: results from the Australian imaging, biomarkers and lifestyle study of ageing. Mol Psychiatry. 2013;18(8):875-881.
12. Brown BM, Sohrabi HR, Taddei K, et al. Habitual exercise levels are associated with cerebral amyloid load in presymptomatic autosomal dominant Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimers Dement. 2017;13(11):1197-1206.
13. Desai AK, Grossberg GT, Chibnall JT. Healthy brain aging: a road map. Clin Geriatr Med. 2010;26(1):1-16.
14. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Physical activity: how much physical activity do older adults need?
15. Garber CE, Blissmer B, Deschenes MR, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. American College of Sports Medicine position stand. Quantity and quality of exercise for developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory, musculoskeletal, and neuromotor fitness in apparently healthy adults: guidance for prescribing exercise. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2011;43(7):1334-1359.
16. Livingston G, Sommerlad A, Orgeta V, et al. Dementia prevention, intervention, and care. Lancet. 2017;390(10113);2673-2734.
17. Valenzuela MJ, Sachdev P, Wen W, et al. Lifespan mental activity predicts diminished rate of hippocampal atrophy. PLoS One. 2008;3(7):e2598. doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0002598.
18. Wilson RS, Bennett DA, Bienias JL, et al. Cognitive activity and incident AD in a population-based sample of older persons. Neurology. 2002;59(12):1910-1914.
19. Wilson RS, Scherr PA, Schneider JA, et al. Relation of cognitive activity to risk of developing Alzheimer disease. Neurology. 2007;69(20):1911-1920.
20. Krell-Roesch J, Vemuri P, Pink A, et al. Association between mentally stimulating activities in late life and the outcome of incident mild cognitive impairment, with an analysis of the apoe ε4 genotype. JAMA Neurol. 2017;74(3):332-338.
21. Verghese J, Lipton RB, Katz MJ, et al. Leisure activities and the risk of dementia in the elderly. N Engl J Med. 2003;348(25):2508-2516.
22. Klein RM, Christie J, Parkvall M. Does multilingualism affect the incidence of Alzheimer’s disease?: a worldwide analysis by country. SSM Popul Health. 2016;2:463-467.
23. Grundy JG, Anderson JAE, Bialystok E. Neural correlates of cognitive processing in monolinguals and bilinguals. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 2017;1396(1):183-201.
24. Wilson RS, Krueger KR, Arnold SE, et al. Loneliness and risk of Alzheimer disease. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007;64(2):234-240.
25. Amieva H, Stoykova R, Matharan F, et al. What aspects of social network are protective for dementia? Not the quantity but the quality of social interactions is protective up to 15 years later. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(9):905-911.
26. Kuiper JS, Oude Voshaar RC, Zuidema SU, et al. The relationship between social functioning and subjective memory complaints in older persons: a population-based longitudinal cohort study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2017;32(10):1059-1071.
27. Robert P, Onyike CU, Leentjens AF, et al. Proposed diagnostic criteria for apathy in Alzheimer’s disease and other neuropsychiatric disorders. Eur Psychiatry. 2009;24(2):98-104.
28. Marioni RE, Proust-Lima C, Amieva H, et al. Social activity, cognitive decline and dementia risk: a 20-year prospective cohort study. BMC Public Health. 2015;15:1089.
29. Wilson RS, Schneider JA, Boyle PA, et al. Chronic distress and incidence of mild cognitive impairment. Neurology. 2007;68(24):2085-2092.
30. Cai Z, Yan LJ, Ratka A. Telomere shortening and Alzheimer’s disease. Neuromolecular Med. 2013;15(1):25-48.
31. Wilson RS, Arnold SE, Schneider JA, et al. Chronic psychological distress and risk of Alzheimer’s disease in old age. Neuroepidemiology. 2006;27(3):143-153.
32. Epel E, Daubenmier J, Moskowitz JT, et al. Can meditation slow rate of cellular aging? Cognitive stress, mindfulness, and telomeres. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 2009;1172:34-53.
33. Malinowski P, Moore AW, Mead Br, et al. Mindful aging: the effects of regular brief mindfulness practice on electrophysiological markers of cognitive and affective processing in older adults. Mindfulness (N Y). 2017;8(1):78-94.
34. Taren AA, Gianaros PJ, Greco CM, et al. Mindfulness meditation training and executive control network resting state functional connectivity: a randomized controlled trial. Psychosom Med. 2017;79(6):674-683.
35. Fountain-Zaragoza S, Prakash RS. Mindfulness training for healthy aging: impact on attention, well-being, and inflammation. Front in Aging Neurosci. 2017;9:11.
36. Eyre HA, Siddarth P, Acevedo B, et al. A randomized controlled trial of Kundalini yoga in mild cognitive impairment. Int Psychogeriatr. 2017;29(4):557-567.
37. Khalsa DS. Stress, meditation, and Alzheimer’s disease prevention: where the evidence stands. J Alzheimers Dis. 2015;48(1):1-12.
38. Berk L, van Boxtel M, van Os J. Can mindfulness-based interventions influence cognitive functioning in older adults? A review and considerations for future research. Aging Ment Health. 2017;21(11):1113-1120.
39. Hosseini S, Chaurasia A, Oremus M. The effect of religion and spirituality on cognitive function: a systematic review. Gerontologist. 2017. doi: 10.1093/geront/gnx024.
40. Luchsinger JA, Tang MX, Shea S, et al. Caloric intake and the risk of Alzheimer disease. Arch Neurol. 2002;59(8):1258-1263.
41. Grant WB. Trends in diet and Alzheimer’s disease during the nutrition transition in Japan and developing countries. J Alzheimers Dis. 2014;38(3):611-620.
42. Kanoski SE, Davidson TL. Western diet consumption and cognitive impairment: links to hippocampal dysfunction and obesity. Physiol Behav. 2011;103(1):59-68.
43. Hu N, Yu JT, Tan L, et al. Nutrition and the risk of Alzheimer’s disease. Biomed Res Int. 2013;2013:524820. doi: 10.1155/2013/524820.
44. Taylor MK, Sullivan DK, Swerdlow RH, et al. A high-glycemic diet is associated with cerebral amyloid burden in cognitively normal older adults. Am J Clin Nutr. 2017;106(6):1463-1470.
45. van de Rest O, Berendsen AM, Haveman-Nies A, et al. Dietary patterns, cognitive decline, and dementia: a systematic review. Adv Nutr. 2015;6(2):154-168.
46. Petersson SD, Philippou E. Mediterranean diet, cognitive function, and dementia: a systematic review of the evidence. Adv Nutr. 2016;7(5):889-904.
47. Smith PJ, Blumenthal JA, Babyak MA, et al. Effects of the dietary approaches to stop hypertension diet, exercise, and caloric restriction on neurocognition in overweight adults with high blood pressure. Hypertension. 2010;55(6):1331-1338.
48. Wengreen H, Munger RG, Cutler A, et al. Prospective study of dietary approaches to stop hypertension- and Mediterranean-style dietary patterns and age-related cognitive change: the Cache County study on memory, health and aging. Am J Clin Nutr. 2013;98(5):1263-1271.
49. Tangney CC, Li H, Wang Y, et al. Relation of DASH- and Mediterranean-like dietary patterns to cognitive decline in older persons. Neurology. 2014;83(16):1410-1416.
50. Morris MC, Tangney CC, Wang Y, et al. MIND diet associated with reduced incidence of Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimers Dement. 2015;11(9):1007-1014.
51. Desai AK, Rush J, Naveen L, et al. Nutrition and nutritional supplements to promote brain health. In: Hartman-Stein PE, Rue AL, eds. Enhancing cognitive fitness in adults: a guide to the use and development of community-based programs. New York, NY: Springer; 2011:249-269.
52. Goozee KG, Shah TM, Sohrabi HR, et al. Examining the potential clinical value of curcumin in the prevention and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease. Br J Nutr. 2016;115(3):449-465.
53. Small GW, Siddarth P, Li Z, et al. Memory and brain amyloid and tau effects of a bioavailable form of curcumin in non-demented adults: a double-blind, placebo-controlled 18-month trial. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2018;26(3):266-277.
54. Kim JW, Lee DY, Lee BC, et al. Alcohol and cognition in the elderly: a review. Psychiatry Investig. 2012;9(1):8-16.
55. Virtaa JJ, Järvenpää T, Heikkilä K, et al. Midlife alcohol consumption and later risk of cognitive impairment: a twin follow-up study. J Alzheimers Dis. 2010;22(3):939-948.
56. Kerr WC, Stockwell T. Understanding standard drinks and drinking guidelines. Drug and Alcohol Rev. 2012;31(2):200-205.
57. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Drinking levels defined. https://www.niaaa.nih.gov/alcohol-health/overview-alcohol-consumption/moderate-binge-drinking. Accessed December 9, 2017.
58. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. What is a standard drink? https://www.niaaa.nih.gov/alcohol-health/overview-alcohol-consumption/what-standard-drink. Accessed November 9, 2017.
59. Lindsay J, Laurin D, Verreault R, et al. Risk factors for Alzheimer’s disease: a prospective analysis from the Canadian study of health and aging. Am J Epidemiol. 2002;156(5):445-453.
60. Orgogozo JM, Dartigues JF, Lafont S, et al. Wine consumption and dementia in the elderly: a prospective community study in the Bordeaux area. Rev Neurol (Paris). 1997;153(3):185-192.
61. Topiwala A, Allan CL, Valkanova V, et al. Moderate alcohol consumption as risk factor for adverse brain outcomes and cognitive decline: longitudinal cohort study. BMJ. 2017;357.
62. Venkataraman A, Kalk N, Sewell G, et al. Alcohol and Alzheimer’s disease-does alcohol dependence contribute to beta-amyloid deposition, neuroinflammation and neurodegeneration in Alzheimer’s Disease? Alcohol Alcohol. 2017;52(2):151-158.
63. Ma QP, Huang C, Cui QY, et al. Meta-analysis of the association between tea intake and the risk of cognitive disorders. PLoS One. 2016;11(11):e0165861. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0165861.
64. Santos C, Costa J, Santos J, et al. Caffeine intake and dementia: systematic review and meta-analysis. J Alzheimers Dis. 2010;20(Suppl 1):S187-204.
65. Panza F, Solfrizzi V, Barulli MR, et al. Coffee, tea, and caffeine consumption and prevention of late-life cognitive decline and dementia: a systematic review. J Nutr Health Aging. 2015;19(3):313-328.
66. Wierzejska R. Can coffee consumption lower the risk of Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease? A literature review. Arch Med Sci. 2017;13(3):507-514.
67. Arendash GW, Cao C. Caffeine and coffee as therapeutics against Alzheimer’s disease. J Alzheimers Dis. 2010;20 (Suppl 1):S117-S126.
68. Eskelinen MH, Ngandu T, Tuomilehto J, et al. Midlife coffee and tea drinking and the risk of late-life dementia: a population-based CAIDE study. J Alzheimers Dis. 2009;16(1):85-91.
69. Solfrizzi V, Panza F, Imbimbo BP, et al. Coffee consumption habits and the risk of mild cognitive impairment: the Italian longitudinal study on aging. J Alzheimers Dis. 2015;47(4):889-899.
70. Vittoria Mattioli. Beverages of daily life: impact of caffeine on atrial fibrillation. J Atr Fibrillation. 2014;7(2):1133.
71. Chacko SM, Thambi PT, Kuttan R, et al. Beneficial effects of green tea: a literature review. Chin Med. 2010;5:13.
72. Noguchi-Shinohara M, Yuki S, Dohmoto C, et al. Consumption of green tea, but not black tea or coffee, is associated with reduced risk of cognitive decline. PLoS One. 2014;9(5):e96013. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0096013.
73. Schneider N, Yvon C. A review of multidomain interventions to support healthy cognitive ageing. J Nutr Health Aging. 2013;17(3):252-257.
74. Ngandu T, Lehitsalo J, Solomon A, et al. A 2 year multidomain intervention of diet, exercise, cognitive training, and vascular risk monitoring versus control to prevent cognitive decline in at-risk elderly people (FINGER): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2015;385(9984):2255-2263.
75. U.S. National Library of Medicing. ClinicalTrials.gov. U.S. study to protect brain health through lifestyle intervention to reduce risk (POINTER). https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT03688126?term=pointer&cond=Alzheimer+Disease&rank=1. Published September 28, 2018. Accessed November 3, 2018.